t4_sge_stop() is only ever called from task context and the in_interrupt()
check is presumably a leftover from copying t3_sge_stop().
Aside of in_interrupt() being deprecated because it's not providing what it
claims to provide, this check would paper over illegitimate callers.
The functions invoked from t4_sge_stop() contain already warnings to catch
invocations from invalid contexts.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t3_sge_stop() is called from task context and from error handlers in
interrupt context. It relies on in_interrupt() to differentiate the
contexts.
in_interrupt() is deprecated as it is ill defined and does not provide what
it suggests.
Instead of replacing it with some other construct, simply split the
function into t3_sge_stop_dma(), which can be called from any context, and
t3_sge_stop() which can be only called from task context.
This has the advantage that any bogus invocation of t3_sge_stop() from
wrong contexts can be caught by debug kernels instead of being papered over
by the conditional.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_interrupt() is ill defined and does not provide what the name
suggests. The usage especially in driver code is deprecated and a tree wide
effort to clean up and consolidate the (ab)usage of in_interrupt() and
related checks is happening.
In this case the check covers only parts of the contexts in which these
functions cannot be called. It fails to detect preemption or interrupt
disabled invocations.
As the functions which are invoked from at*_reinit_locked() contain a broad
variety of checks (always enabled or debug option dependent) which cover
all invalid conditions already, there is no point in having inconsistent
warnings in those drivers.
Just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enic_dev_wait() has a BUG_ON(in_interrupt()).
Chasing the callers of enic_dev_wait() revealed the gems of enic_reset()
and enic_tx_hang_reset() which are both invoked through work queues in
order to be able to call rtnl_lock(). So far so good.
After locking rtnl both functions acquire enic::enic_api_lock which
serializes against the (ab)use from infiniband. This is where the
trainwreck starts.
enic::enic_api_lock is a spin_lock() which implicitly disables preemption,
but both functions invoke a ton of functions under that lock which can
sleep. The BUG_ON(in_interrupt()) does not trigger in that case because it
can't detect the preempt disabled condition.
This clearly has never been tested with any of the mandatory debug options
for 7+ years, which would have caught that for sure.
Cure it by adding a enic_api_busy member to struct enic, which is modified
and evaluated with enic::enic_api_lock held.
If enic_api_devcmd_proxy_by_index() observes enic::enic_api_busy as true,
it drops enic::enic_api_lock and busy waits for enic::enic_api_busy to
become false.
It would be smarter to wait for a completion of that busy period, but
enic_api_devcmd_proxy_by_index() is called with other spin locks held which
obviously can't sleep.
Remove the BUG_ON(in_interrupt()) check as well because it's incomplete and
with proper debugging enabled the problem would have been caught from the
debug checks in schedule_timeout().
Fixes: 0b038566c0 ("drivers/net: enic: Add an interface for USNIC to interact with firmware")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the ktls stats were at adapter level, but now changing it
to port level.
Fixes: 62370a4f34 ("cxgb4/chcr: Add ipv6 support and statistics")
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing these logs to dynamic debugs. If issue is seen, these
logs can be enabled at run time.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver first return success to tls_dev_add, if req to HW is
successful, but later if HW returns failure, that connection traffic
fails permanently and connection status remains unknown to stack.
v1->v2:
- removed conn_up from all places.
v2->v3:
- Corrected timeout handling.
Fixes: 34aba2c450 ("cxgb4/chcr : Register to tls add and del callback")
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds debugfs to dump tqp enable status.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to query specifications of the device, add a new debugfs
command "dev spec" to do that.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER is not set in netdev->hw_feature,
but set in netdev->features.
So the handler of NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER in hns3_self_test() is
always true, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add RoCE VF client reset support by notifying the RoCE VF client
when hns3 VF is resetting and adding a interface to query whether
CMDQ is ready to work.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for UDP segmentation offload to the HNS3 driver
when the device can do it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the maximun BD number may not be 8 now, so rename
hns3_over_8bd() to hns3_over_max_bd().
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the driver is able to query the device's specifications,
which includes the maximum BD number of non TSO packet, so replace
macro HNS3_MAX_NON_TSO_BD_NUM with the queried value, and rewrite
macro HNS3_MAX_NON_TSO_SIZE whose value depends on the the maximum
BD number of non TSO packet.
Also, add a new parameter max_non_tso_bd_num to function
hns3_tx_bd_num() and hns3_skb_need_linearized(), then they can get
the maximum BD number of non TSO packet from the caller instead of
calculating by themself, The note of hns3_skb_need_linearized()
should be update as well.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for NAT-T-ESP to KPU parser configuration. NAT ESP is a UDP
based protocol. So move ESP to LE so that both UDP and ESP can be
extracted.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar K <kirankumark@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 fragmented packet may not contain completed layer 4 information.
So stop KPU parsing after setting ipv6 fragmentation flag.
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Ayarekar <aayarekar@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added some IPv6 protocol fields to the default MKEX profile.
They include everything from the beginning of IP header and up to
source address. The pattern occupies full KW2 in MCAM entry.
Only one out of two LD registers for this protocol is used.
Signed-off-by: Vidhya Vidhyaraman <vraman@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KPU profile interpret Extended DSA and eDSA by looking source dev. This
was incorrect and it restricts to use few source device ids and also
created confusion while parsing regular DSA tag. With below patch lookup
was based on bit 12 of Word0. This is always zero for DSA tag and it
should be one for Extended DSA and eDSA.
Signed-off-by: Satha Rao <skoteshwar@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell Prestera switches supports distributed switch architecture
by inserting Forward DSA tag of 4 bytes right after ethernet SMAC.
This tag don't have a tpid field.
This patch provides parser and extraction support for the same.
Default ldata extraction profile added for FDSA such that Src_port
is extracted and placed inplace of vlanid field. Like extended DSA
and eDSA tags,a special PKIND of 62 is used for this tag.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor KPU related NPC code gathering all configuration data in a
structured format and putting it in one place (npc_profile.h).
This increases readability and makes it easier to extend the profile
configuration (as opposed to jumping between multiple header and source
files).
To do this:
* Gather all KPU profile related data into a single adapter struct.
* Convert the built-in MKEX definition to a structured one to streamline
the MKEX loading.
* Convert LT default register configuration into a structure, keeping
default protocol settings in same file where identifiers for those
protocols are defined.
* Add a single point for KPU profile loading, so that its source may
change in the future once proper interfaces for loading such config
are in place.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since LD contains LTYPE definitions tweaked toward efficient
NIX_AF_RX_FLOW_KEY_ALG(0..31)_FIELD(0..4) usage, the original location
of NPC_LT_LD_CUSTOM0/1 was aliased with MPLS_IN_* definitions.
Moving custom frame to value 6 and 7 removes the aliasing at the cost of
custom frames being also considered when TCP/UDP RSS algo is configured.
However since the goal of CUSTOM frames is to classify them to a
separate set of RQs, this cost is acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI devices support two variants of the D3 power state: D3hot (main power
present) D3cold (main power removed). Previously struct pci_dev contained:
unsigned int d3_delay; /* D3->D0 transition time in ms */
unsigned int d3cold_delay; /* D3cold->D0 transition time in ms */
"d3_delay" refers specifically to the D3hot state. Rename it to
"d3hot_delay" to avoid ambiguity and align with the ACPI "_DSM for
Specifying Device Readiness Durations" in the PCI Firmware spec r3.2,
sec 4.6.9.
There is no change to the functionality.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200730210848.1578826-1-kw@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczyński <kw@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
There is a regular need in the kernel to provide a way to declare having
a dynamically sized set of trailing elements in a structure. Kernel code
should always use “flexible array members”[1] for these cases. The older
style of one-element or zero-length arrays should no longer be used[2].
Refactor the code according to the use of a flexible-array member in
struct qed_ll2_tx_packet, instead of a one-element array and use the
struct_size() helper to calculate the size for the allocations. Commit
f5823fe689 ("qed: Add ll2 option to limit the number of bds per packet")
was used as a reference point for these changes.
Also, it's important to notice that flexible-array members should occur
last in any structure, and structures containing such arrays and that
are members of other structures, must also occur last in the containing
structure. That's why _cur_completing_packet_ is now moved to the bottom
in struct qed_ll2_tx_queue. _descq_mem_ and _cur_send_packet_ are also
moved for unification.
[1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flexible_array_member
[2] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v5.9-rc1/process/deprecated.html#zero-length-and-one-element-arrays
Tested-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/5f707198.PA1UCZ8MYozYZYAR%25lkp@intel.com/
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding reference clock (1us tic) for all LPI timer on Intel platforms.
The reference clock is derived from ptp clk. This also enables all LPI
counter.
Signed-off-by: Rusaimi Amira Ruslan <rusaimi.amira.rusaimi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor send_control_ip_offload out of handle_query_ip_offload_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor send_query_ip_offload out of handle_request_cap_rsp to
pair with handle_query_ip_offload_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name send_query_map pairs with handle_query_map_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name send_request_cap pairs with handle_request_cap_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name send_query_cap pairs with handle_query_cap_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set up the speed according to crq->query_phys_parms.rsp.speed.
Fix IBMVNIC_10GBPS typo.
Fixes: f8d6ae0d27 ("ibmvnic: Report actual backing device speed and duplex values")
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functions related to nested interface infrastructure such as
netdev_walk_all_{ upper | lower }_dev() pass both private functions
and "data" pointer to handle their own things.
At this point, the data pointer type is void *.
In order to make it easier to expand common variables and functions,
this new netdev_nested_priv structure is added.
In the following patch, a new member variable will be added into this
struct to fix the lockdep issue.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Try to recycle the xdp tx buffer into the in-irq page_pool cache if
mvneta_txq_bufs_free is executed in the NAPI context for XDP_TX use case
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add devices IDs for the next LOM generations that will be
available on the next Intel Client platform (Meteor Lake)
This patch provides the initial support for these devices
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
flash_bank_size and flash_base_addr field not in use and can
be removed from a nvm_info structure
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When we set the BASET registers of i225 with a base_time in the
future, i225 will "hold" all packets until that base_time is reached,
causing a lot of TX Hangs.
As this behaviour seems contrary to the expectations of the IEEE
802.1Q standard (section 8.6.9, especially 8.6.9.4.5), let's start by
rejecting these types of schedules. If this is too limiting, we can
for example, setup a timer to configure the BASET registers closer to
the start time, only blocking the packets for a "short" while.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The next patch will need a way to retrieve the current timestamp from
the NIC's PTP clock.
The 'i225' suffix is removed, if anything model specific is needed,
those specifics should be hidden by this function.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Boolean reset disable flag not applicable for i225 device and
could be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Many TSN features depend on the internal PTP clock, so the internal
PTP jumping when the adapter is reset can cause problems, usually in
the form of "TX Hangs" warnings in the driver.
The solution is to save the PTP time before a reset and restore it
after the reset is done. The value of the PTP time is saved before a
reset and we use the difference from CLOCK_MONOTONIC from reset time
to now, to correct what's going to be the new PTP time.
This is heavily inspired by commit bf4bf09bdd ("i40e: save PTP time
before a device reset").
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
In i225, it's no longer necessary to use the SYSTIMR register to
latch the timer value, the timestamp is latched when SYSTIML is read.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Completion to commit 900d1e8b34 ("igc: Add LPI counters")
LPI counters exposed by statistics update method.
A EEE TX LPI counter reflect the transmitter entries EEE (IEEE 802.3az)
into the LPI state. A EEE RX LPI counter reflect the receiver link
partner entries into EEE(IEEE 802.3az) LPI state.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
i225 advanced receive descriptor doesn't have the following extend error
bits: CE, SE, SEQ, CXE. In addition to that, the bit TCPE is called L4E
in the datasheet.
Clean up the code accordingly, and get rid of the macro
IGC_RXDEXT_ERR_FRAME_ERR_MASK since it doesn't make much sense anymore.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The Tx timestamp timeout is already checked by the watchdog_task
which runs periodically. In addition to that, from the ptp_tx work
perspective, if __IGC_PTP_TX_IN_PROGRESS flag is set we always want
handle the timestamp stored in hardware and update the skb. So remove
the timeout check in igc_ptp_tx_work() function.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The ptp_tx work is scheduled only if TSICR.TXTS bit is set, therefore
TSYNCTXCTL.TXTT_0 bit is expected to be set when we check it igc_ptp_tx_
work(). If it isn't, something is really off and rescheduling the ptp_tx
work to check it later doesn't help much. This patch changes the code to
WARN_ON_ONCE() if this situation ever happens.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Rename the IGC_TSYNCTXCTL_VALID macro to IGC_TSYNCTXCTL_TXTT_0 so it
matches the datasheet.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add new device ID's for the next step of the silicon and
reflect i221 and i226 parts
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Fixed flash presence check for 82576 controllers so the part
number string is read and displayed correctly.
Signed-off-by: Gal Hammer <ghammer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add XDP support to the IGB driver.
The implementation follows the IXGBE XDP implementation
closely and I used the following patches as basis:
1. commit 9247080816 ("ixgbe: add XDP support for pass and drop actions")
2. commit 33fdc82f08 ("ixgbe: add support for XDP_TX action")
3. commit ed93a39871 ("ixgbe: tweak page counting for XDP_REDIRECT")
Due to the hardware constraints of the devices using the
IGB driver we must share the TX queues with XDP which
means locking the TX queue for XDP.
I ran tests on an older device to get better numbers.
Test machine:
Intel(R) Atom(TM) CPU C2338 @ 1.74GHz (2 Cores)
2x Intel I211
Routing Original Driver Network Stack: 382 Kpps
Routing XDP Redirect (xdp_fwd_kern): 1.48 Mpps
XDP Drop: 1.48 Mpps
Using XDP we can achieve line rate forwarding even on
an older Intel Atom CPU.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Tested-by: Sandeep Penigalapati <sandeep.penigalapati@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Convert ice to the new infra, use share port tables.
Leave a tiny bit more error checking in place than usual,
because this driver really does quite a bit of magic.
We need to calculate the number of VxLAN and GENEVE entries
the firmware has reserved.
Thanks to the conversion the driver will no longer sleep in
an atomic section.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ice_get_open_tunnel_port() is always passed TNL_ALL
as the second parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the "shared port table" to convert i40e to the new
infra.
i40e did not have any reference tracking, locking is also dodgy
because rtnl gets released while talking to FW, so port may get
removed from the table while it's getting added etc.
On the good side i40e does not seem to be using the ports for
TX so we can remove the table from the driver state completely.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devm_alloc_etherdev() to simplify the code instead of alloc_etherdev().
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mistakenly bit 2 was set instead of bit 3 as in the vendor driver.
Fixes: a7a92cf815 ("r8169: sync PCIe PHY init with vendor driver 8.047.01")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current logic that calculates the preset maximum value for combined
channel does not take into account the rings used for XDP and mqprio
TCs. Each of these features will reduce the number of TX rings. Add
the logic to divide the TX rings accordingly based on whether the
device is currently in XDP mode and whether TCs are in use.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature allows the user to set the different FEC modes on the NIC
port. Any new setting will take effect immediately after a link toggle.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code is reporting the FEC configured settings during link up.
Change it to report the more useful active FEC encoding that may be
negotiated or auto detected.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement .get_fecparam() method to report the configured and active FEC
settings. Also report the supported and advertised FEC settings to
the .get_link_ksettings() method.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PORT_PHY_CONFIG is always sent with REQ_FLAGS_RESET_PHY set. This flag
must be set in order for the firmware to institute the requested PHY
change immediately, but it results in a link flap. This is unnecessary
and results in an improved user experience if the PHY reconfiguration
is avoided when the user requested speed does not constitute a change.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some 200G dual port NICs, if one port is configured to 200G,
firmware will disable the ethernet link on the other port. Firmware
will send notification to the driver for the disabled port when this
happens. Define a new field in the link_info structure to keep track
of this state. The new phy_state field replaces the unused loop_back
field.
Log a message when the phy_state changes state. In the disabled state,
disallow any PHY configurations on the disabled port as the firmware
will fail all calls to configure the PHY in this state.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethtool PAM4 link modes for:
50000baseCR_Full
100000baseCR2_Full
200000baseCR4_Full
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware interface has added support for new link speeds using
PAM4 modulation. Expand the bnxt_link_info structure to closely
mirror the new firmware structures. Add logic to copy the PAM4
capabilities and settings from the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be necessary to update more than one field in the link_info
structure when PAM4 speeds are added in a later patch. Instead of
merely translating ethtool speed values to firmware speed values,
change the responsiblity of this function to update all the necessary
link_info fields required to force the speed change to the desired
ethtool value. This also reduces code duplication somewhat at the two
call sites, which otherwise both have to independently update link_info
fields to turn off auto negotiation advertisements.
Also use the appropriate REQ_FORCE_LINK_SPEED definitions. These happen
to have the same values, but req_link_speed is utilimately passed as
force_link_speed in HWRM_PORT_PHY_CFG which is not defined in terms of
REQ_AUTO_LINK_SPEED.
Reviewed-by: Scott Branden <scott.branden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the code for determining an advertised speed is no longer
supported into a separate function. This will avoid some code
duplication in a later patch when supporting PAM4 speeds, since
these speeds are specified in a separate field.
Reviewed-by: Scott Branden <scott.branden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The main changes include FEC, ECN statistics, HWRM_PORT_PHY_QCFG
response size reduction, and a new counter added to
ctx_hw_stats_ext struct to support the new 58818 chip.
The ctx_hw_stats_ext structure is now the superset supporting the new
58818 chips and the prior P5 chips. Add a new flag to identify the new
chip and use constants for the chip specific ring statistics sizes
instead of the size of the structure.
Because the HWRM_PORT_PHY_QCFG response structure size has shrunk back
to 96 bytes, the workaround added earlier to limit the size of this
message for forwarding to the VF can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_main.c:7084:36: warning: ‘mvpp2_acpi_match’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
7084 | static const struct acpi_device_id mvpp2_acpi_match[] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Wrap the definition inside #ifdef/#endif.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add structures for port statistics which read from core and not directly
from registers.
When netdev's ethtool statistics are queried, query the corresponding
module's overheat counter from core and expose it as
"transceiver_overheat".
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Module temperature warning events are enabled for modules that have a
temperature sensor and configured according to the temperature
thresholds queried from the module.
When a module is unplugged we are guaranteed not to get temperature
warning events. However, when a module is plugged in we need to
potentially update its current settings (i.e., event enablement and
thresholds).
Register to port module plug/unplug events and update module's settings
upon plug in events.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overheat counter is a per-module counter, but it is exposed as part
of the corresponding netdev's statistics. It should therefore be
presented to user space relative to the netdev's lifetime.
Query the counter just before registering the netdev, so that the value
exposed to user space will be relative to this initial value.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTWE (Management Temperature Warning Event) is triggered for sensors
whose temperature event enable bit is enabled in the MTMP register.
Enable events for all the modules that have a temperature sensor.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTWE (Management Temperature Warning Event) is triggered when module's
temperature is higher than its threshold.
Register for MTWE events and increase the module's overheat counter when
its corresponding sensor goes above the configured threshold.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize an array that stores per-module overheat state and a counter
indicating how many times the module was in overheat state.
Export a function to query the counter according to module number.
Will be used later on by the switch driver (i.e., mlxsw_spectrum) to expose
module's overheat counter as part of ethtool statistics.
Initialize mlxsw_env after driver initialization to be able to query
number of modules from MGPIR register.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MTMP register controls various temperature settings on a per-sensor
basis. Subsequent patches are going to alter some of these settings for
sensors found on port modules in response to certain events.
In order to prevent the current callers that write to MTMP from
overriding these settings, have them first query the register and then
change only the relevant register fields.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PMAOS register configures and retrieves the per module status.
The register is used also for enabling event for status change.
It will be used to enable PMPE (Port Module Plug/Unplug) event.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PMPE register reports any operational status change of a module.
It will be used for enabling temperature warning event when a module is
plugged in.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add MTWE (Management Temperature Warning Event) register, which is used
for over temperature warning.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As function hclge_shaper_para_calc() has too many arguments to add
more, so encapsulate its three arguments ir_b, ir_u, ir_s into a
structure.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device specifications querying is unsupported by the old
firmware, in this case, these specifications are 0. However,
some specifications should not be 0 or will cause problem.
So after querying from firmware, some device specifications
are needed to check their value and set to default value if
their values are 0.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max tm rate is a fixed value(100Gb/s) now as it is defined by a
macro. In order to support other rates in different kinds of device,
it is better to use specification queried from firmware to replace
this macro.
As function hclge_shaper_para_calc() has too many arguments to add
more, so encapsulate its three arguments ir_b, ir_u, ir_s into a
structure.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To improve code maintainability and compatibility, new commands
HCLGE_OPC_QUERY_DEV_SPECS for PF and HCLGEVF_OPC_QUERY_DEV_SPECS
for VF are introduced to query device specifications, instead of
statically defining specifications by checking the hardware version
or other methods.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds debugfs to dump each device capability whether is supported.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to improve code maintainability and compatibility, the
capabilities of new features are queried from firmware.
The member flag in struct hnae3_ae_dev indicates not only
capabilities, but some initialized status. As capabilities bits
queried from firmware is too many, it is better to use new member
to indicate them. So adds member capabs in struce hnae3_ae_dev.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the revision of the pci device is used to identify
whether FEC is supported, which is not good for maintainability
and compatibility. So use a capability flag to do that.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to improve code maintainability and compatibility,
add support to query the device capability by expanding the
existing version query command. The device capability refers
to the features supported by the device.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fibre device of PCI revision 0x20 don't support autoneg, and the ops
get_autoneg() return AUTONEG_DISABLE so function hns3_nway_reset()
will return earlier than judging PCI revision.
Function hclge_handle_rocee_ras_error() don't need to judge PCI
revision again because its caller hclge_handle_hw_ras_error() has
judged once.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To better identify the device version, struct hnae3_handle adds a
member dev_version to replace pci revision. The dev_version consists
of hardware version and PCI revision. The hardware version is queried
from firmware by an existing firmware version query command.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_group_id_get() fails, the mutex initialized earlier
is not destroyed.
Fix this by initializing the mutex after calling the function. This is
symmetric to mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_group_del().
Fixes: 5ec2ee28d2 ("mlxsw: spectrum_acl: Introduce a mutex to guard region list updates")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the ocelot_configure_cpu() function, which was in fact bringing
up 2 ports: the CPU port module, which both switchdev and DSA have, and
the NPI port, which only DSA has.
The (non-Ethernet) CPU port module is at a fixed index in the analyzer,
whereas the NPI port is selected through the "ethernet" property in the
device tree.
Therefore, the function to set up an NPI port is DSA-specific, so we
move it there, simplifying the ocelot switch library a little bit.
Cc: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support the recently added DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_OVERWRITE_MASK
parameter in the ice flash update handler. Convert the overwrite mask
bitfield into the appropriate preservation level used by the firmware
when updating.
Because there is no equivalent preservation level for overwriting only
identifiers, this combination is rejected by the driver as not supported
with an appropriate extended ACK message.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver
supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`.
However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new
parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update
callback in all drivers.
Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct
devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the
`supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to
flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing
drivers.
As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in.
Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make
sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered
valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the
supported_flash_update_params bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When implementing .flash_update, drivers which do not support
per-component update are manually checking the component parameter to
verify that it is NULL. Without this check, the driver might accept an
update request with a component specified even though it will not honor
such a request.
Instead of having each driver check this, move the logic into
net/core/devlink.c, and use a new `supported_flash_update_params` field
in the devlink_ops. Drivers which will support per-component update must
now specify this by setting DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT in
the supported_flash_update_params in their devlink_ops.
This helps ensure that drivers do not forget to check for a NULL
component if they do not support per-component update. This also enables
a slightly better error message by enabling the core stack to set the
netlink bad attribute message to indicate precisely the unsupported
attribute in the message.
Going forward, any new additional parameter to flash update will require
a bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver subfolder files refer parent folder includes in an
absolute manner.
Makefile contains a -I for this, but apparently that does not
work if object tree is separated.
Adding srctree to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a null-check for _pcs_, but it is being dereferenced
prior to this null-check. So, if _pcs_ can actually be null,
then there is a potential null pointer dereference that should
be fixed by null-checking _pcs_ before being dereferenced.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1497159 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 94ae899b20 ("dpaa2-mac: add PCS support through the Lynx module")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SHARED_FS is enabled on a DPNI object the flow steering tables are
shared between all the traffic classes. Modify the driver so that we
only add a new flow steering entry on the TC#0 when this new option is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ionut-robert Aron <ionut-robert.aron@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to dpaa2_eth_link_state_update() is a leftover from the time
when on DPAA2 platforms the PHYs were started at boot time so when an
ifconfig was issued on the associated interface, the link status needed
to be checked directly from the ndo_open() callback.
This is not needed anymore since we are now properly integrated with the
PHY layer thus a link interrupt will come directly from the PHY
eventually without the need to call the sync function.
Fix this up by removing the call to dpaa2_eth_link_state_update().
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to check if both the MDIO controller node and its
child node, the PCS device, are available since there is no chance that
the child node would be enabled when the parent it's not.
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding the support for TBF offload, the improper command version
was added even though the command format is for the V2 of
dpni_set_tx_shaping(). This does not affect the functionality of TBF
since the only change between these two versions is the addition of the
exceeded parameters which are not used in TBF. Still, fix the bug so
that we keep things in sync.
Fixes: 39344a8962 ("dpaa2-eth: add API for Tx shaping")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To start also "phy state machine", with UP state as it should be,
the phy_start() has to be used, in another case machine even is not
triggered. After this change negotiation is supposed to be triggered
by SM workqueue.
It's not correct usage, but it appears after the following patch,
so add it as a fix.
Fixes: 74a992b359 ("net: phy: add phy_check_link_status")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ikhoronz@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While unloading the dwmac-intel driver, clk_disable_unprepare() is
being called twice in stmmac_dvr_remove() and
intel_eth_pci_remove(). This causes kernel panic on the second call.
Removing the second call of clk_disable_unprepare() in
intel_eth_pci_remove().
Fixes: 09f012e64e ("stmmac: intel: Fix clock handling on error and remove paths")
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wong Vee Khee <vee.khee.wong@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add option in plat_stmmacenet_data struct to enable VLAN Filter Fail
Queuing. This option allows packets that fail VLAN filter to be routed
to a specific Rx queue when Receive All is also set.
When this option is enabled:
- Enable VFFQ only when entering promiscuous mode, because Receive All
will pass up all rx packets that failed address filtering (similar to
promiscuous mode).
- VLAN-promiscuous mode is never entered to allow rx packet to fail VLAN
filters and get routed to selected VFFQ Rx queue.
Reviewed-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuah, Kim Tatt <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the W=1 cleanups for ethernet, a million [*] driver
comments had to be cleaned up to get the W=1 compilation to
succeed. This change finally makes the drivers/net/ethernet tree
compile with W=1 set on the command line. NOTE: The kernel uses
kdoc style (see Documentation/process/kernel-doc.rst) when
documenting code, not doxygen or other styles.
After this patch the x86_64 build has no warnings from W=1, however
scripts/kernel-doc says there are 1545 more warnings in source files, that
I need to develop a script to fix in a followup patch.
The errors fixed here are all kdoc of a few classes, with a few outliers:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/netxen/netxen_nic_hw.c:10:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/netxen/netxen_nic.h:1193:18: warning: ‘FW_DUMP_LEVELS’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
1193 | static const u32 FW_DUMP_LEVELS[] = { 0x3, 0x7, 0xf, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff };
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
... repeats 4 times...
drivers/net/ethernet/sun/cassini.c:2084:24: warning: suggest braces around empty body in an ‘else’ statement [-Wempty-body]
2084 | RX_USED_ADD(page, i);
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c: In function ‘phy_intr’:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:603:6: warning: variable ‘tbisr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
603 | u32 tbisr, tanar, tanlpar;
| ^~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c: In function ‘ns83820_get_link_ksettings’:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:1207:11: warning: variable ‘tanar’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1207 | u32 cfg, tanar, tbicr;
| ^~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/packetengines/yellowfin.c:1063:18: warning: variable ‘yf_size’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1063 | int data_size, yf_size;
| ^~~~~~~
Normal kdoc fixes:
warning: Function parameter or member 'x' not described in 'y'
warning: Excess function parameter 'x' description in 'y'
warning: Cannot understand <string> on line <NNN> - I thought it was a doc line
[*] - ok it wasn't quite a million, but it felt like it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kernel-doc script as used by W=1, is confused by the macro
usage inside the header describing the efx_ptp_data struct.
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/ptp.c:345: warning: Function parameter or member 'MC_CMD_PTP_IN_TRANSMIT_LENMAX' not described in 'efx_ptp_data'
After some discussion on the list, break this patch out to
a separate one, and fix the issue through a creative
macro declaration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the W=1 series for ethernet, these drivers were
discovered to be using kdoc style comments but were not actually
doing kdoc. The kernel uses kdoc style when documenting code, not
doxygen or other styles.
Fixed Warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_com.c:613: warning: Function parameter or member 'ena_dev' not described in 'ena_com_set_llq'
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/hw_atl/hw_atl_b0.c:1540: warning: Cannot understand * @brief Set VLAN filter table
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:114: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_busywait'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:129: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:129: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:147: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:147: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:172: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:172: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:172: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:188: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:188: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:188: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:212: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_in32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:212: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_in32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:228: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_out32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:228: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_out32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:228: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_dma_out32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:247: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_in'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:247: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_in'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:255: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_out'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:255: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_out'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:255: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_out'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:265: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dcr_setup'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:265: warning: Function parameter or member 'op' not described in 'temac_dcr_setup'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:265: warning: Function parameter or member 'np' not described in 'temac_dcr_setup'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:300: warning: Function parameter or member 'ndev' not described in 'temac_dma_bd_release'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:330: warning: Function parameter or member 'ndev' not described in 'temac_dma_bd_init'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:600: warning: Function parameter or member 'ndev' not described in 'temac_setoptions'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:600: warning: Function parameter or member 'options' not described in 'temac_setoptions'
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of drivers had a "generic documentation" section that
would trigger a "can't understand" message from W=1 compiles.
Fix by using correct DOC: tags in the generic sections.
Fixed Warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/emac_arc.c:4: info: Scanning doc for c
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_pci.c:3: warning: missing initial short description on line:
* Cadence GEM PCI wrapper.
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_pci.c:3: info: Scanning doc for Cadence
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While fixing the W=1 builds, this warning came up because the
developers used a very tricky way to get structures initialized
to a non-zero value, but this causes GCC to warn about an
override. In this case the override was intentional, so just
disable the warning for this code with a kernel macro that results
in disabling the warning for compiles on GCC versions after 8.
It is not appropriate to change the struct to initialize all the
values as it will just add a lot more code for no value. The code
is completely correct as is, we just want to acknowledge that
this code could generate a warning and we're ok with that.
NOTE: the __diag_ignore macro currently only accepts a second
argument of 8 (version 80000), it's either use this one or
open code the pragma.
Fixed Warnings example (all the same):
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c:51:12: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c:52:12: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c:53:13: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
+ 256 more...
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The W=1 builds showed a few files exporting functions
(non-static) that were not prototyped. What actually happened is
that there were prototypes, but the include file was forgotten in
the implementation file.
Add the include file and remove the warnings.
Fixed Warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn68xx_device.c:124:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘lio_setup_cn68xx_octeon_device’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:159:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_read_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:168:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_write_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:176:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem64’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:185:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:194:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_write_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_dcb.c:453:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘hclge_dcb_ops_set’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the W=1 compliation series, these lines all created
warnings about unused variables that were assigned a value. Most
of them are from register reads, but some are just picking up
a return value from a function and never doing anything with it.
Fixed warnings:
.../ethernet/brocade/bna/bnad.c:3280:6: warning: variable ‘rx_count’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/brocade/bna/bnad.c:3280:6: warning: variable ‘rx_count’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:512:6: warning: variable ‘val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:2110:21: warning: variable ‘config0’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1327:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1358:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/dec/tulip/media.c:322:8: warning: variable ‘setup’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/dec/tulip/de4x5.c:4928:13: warning: variable ‘r3’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:4981:6: warning: variable ‘rx_status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:6510:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:6087: warning: cannot understand function prototype: 'struct hw_regs '
.../ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:161:6: warning: variable ‘int_en’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:1702:6: warning: variable ‘int_sts’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:3041:6: warning: variable ‘ret’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:603:6: warning: variable ‘tbisr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:1207:11: warning: variable ‘tanar’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:754:6: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:33:6: warning: variable ‘val64’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:160:6: warning: variable ‘val64’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:490:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2378:6: warning: variable ‘val64’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/packetengines/yellowfin.c:1063:18: warning: variable ‘yf_size’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/realtek/8139cp.c:1242:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/en_tx.c:858:6: warning: variable ‘ring_cons’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sis/sis900.c:792:6: warning: variable ‘status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:878:11: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_pkt_type’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:877:23: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_mcast_pkt’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:877:7: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_hdr_type’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:876:7: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_other_err’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:1646:21: warning: variable ‘buftbl_min’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:2535:32: warning: variable ‘spec’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/via/via-velocity.c:880:6: warning: variable ‘curr_status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/ti/tlan.c:656:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/ti/davinci_emac.c:1230:6: warning: variable ‘num_tx_pkts’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/synopsys/dwc-xlgmac-common.c:516:8: warning: variable ‘str’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/ti/cpsw_new.c:1662:22: warning: variable ‘priv’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
The register reads should be OK, because the current
implementation of readl and friends will always execute even
without an lvalue.
When it makes sense, just remove the lvalue assignment and the
local. Other times, just remove the offending code, and
occasionally, just mark the variable as maybe unused since it
could be used in an ifdef or debug scenario.
Only compile tested with W=1.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove variables that were storing a return value from a register
read or other read, where the return value wasn't used. Those
conversions to remove the lvalue of the assignment should be safe
because the readl memory mapped reads are marked volatile and
should not be optimized out without an lvalue (I suspect a very
long time ago this wasn't guaranteed as it is today).
These changes are part of a separate patch to make it easier to review.
Warnings Fixed:
.../intel/e100.c:2596:9: warning: variable ‘err’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:101:6: warning: variable ‘icr_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:277:6: warning: variable ‘ctrl_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:952:15: warning: variable ‘temp_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:1164:7: warning: variable ‘mdio_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:132:6: warning: variable ‘ret_val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:380:6: warning: variable ‘icr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:2378:6: warning: variable ‘signal’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:2374:6: warning: variable ‘ctrl’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:2373:6: warning: variable ‘rxcw’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:4678:15: warning: variable ‘temp’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This takes care of all of the trivial W=1 fixes in the Intel
Ethernet drivers, which allows developers and maintainers to
build more of the networking tree with more complete warning
checks.
There are three classes of kdoc warnings fixed:
- cannot understand function prototype: 'x'
- Excess function parameter 'x' description in 'y'
- Function parameter or member 'x' not described in 'y'
All of the changes were trivial comment updates on
function headers.
Inspired by Lee Jones' series of wireless work to do the same.
Compile tested only, and passes simple test of
$ git ls-files *.[ch] | egrep drivers/net/ethernet/intel | \
xargs scripts/kernel-doc -none
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During ice_vsi_setup, if ice_cfg_vsi_lan fails, it does not properly
release memory associated with the VSI rings. If we had used devres
allocations for the rings, this would be ok. However, we use kzalloc and
kfree_rcu for these ring structures.
Using the correct label to cleanup the rings during ice_vsi_setup
highlights an issue in the ice_vsi_clear_rings function: it can leave
behind stale ring pointers in the q_vectors structure.
When releasing rings, we must also ensure that no q_vector associated
with the VSI will point to this ring again. To resolve this, loop over
all q_vectors and release their ring mapping. Because we are about to
free all rings, no q_vector should remain pointing to any of the rings
in this VSI.
Fixes: 5513b920a4 ("ice: Update Tx scheduler tree for VSI multi-Tx queue support")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The ice_setup_pf_sw function can cause a memory leak if register_netdev
fails, due to accidentally failing to free the VSI rings. Fix the memory
leak by using ice_vsi_release, ensuring we actually go through the full
teardown process.
This should be safe even if the netdevice is not registered because we
will have set the netdev pointer to NULL, ensuring ice_vsi_release won't
call unregister_netdev.
An alternative fix would be moving management of the PF VSI netdev into
the main VSI setup code. This is complicated and likely requires
significant refactor in how we manage VSIs
Fixes: 3a858ba392 ("ice: Add support for VSI allocation and deallocation")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
It appears that the ice_suspend flow is missing a call to pci_save_state
and this is triggering the message "State of device not saved by
ice_suspend" and a call trace. Fix it.
Fixes: 769c500dcc ("ice: Add advanced power mgmt for WoL")
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When calling iavf_resume there was a crash because wrong
function was used to get iavf_adapter and net_device pointers.
Changed how iavf_resume is getting iavf_adapter and net_device
pointers from pci_dev.
Fixes: 5eae00c57f ("i40evf: main driver core")
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Dziedziuch <sylwesterx.dziedziuch@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Use the new non-coherent DMA API including proper ownership transfers.
This includes adding additional calls to dma_sync_desc_dev as the
old syncing was rather ad-hoc.
Thanks to Thomas Bogendoerfer for debugging the ownership transfer
issues.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Use the new non-coherent DMA API including proper ownership transfers.
This includes moving the DMA helpers to lib82596 based of an ifdef to
avoid include order problems.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de> (SNI part)
This allows us to get rid of the LIB82596_DMA_ATTR defined and prepare
for untangling the coherent vs non-coherent DMA allocation API.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de> (SNI part)
The au1000-eth driver contains none of the manual cache synchronization
required for using DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT. From what I can tell it
can be used on both dma coherent and non-coherent DMA platforms, but
I suspect it has been buggy on the non-coherent platforms all along.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
VF devices do not have speed division, its speed is depended on its PF.
So macro name of PCI device id of VF is incorrent to have 100G info, it
should be renamed by removing 100G info.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 200G device has a new device id 0xA228, so adds this device id to
pci table, then the driver can probe it.
As speed_ability queried from firmware has only 8 bits and already be
used up, so firmware adds extra speed_ability_ext to indicate more
speed abilities to support 200G and driver needs to parse it.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pf's interrupt resources will be changed with the number of
enabled pf. Dumping this resource information will be helpful
for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hns3_process_hw_error(), the hardware error detection of the
ROCEE AXI RESP error type is added. When this error occurs,
the client needs to be notified of this error and take
corresponding operation.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a variable is assigned a value before it is used, it's no
need to assign an initial value to the variable. So remove
these redundant operations.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some unnecessary parameters of hclge_title_idx_print(),
and rename this function for readability.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO reads can happen during PHY probing, and printing an error with
dev_err can result in a large number of error messages during device
probe. On a platform with a serial console this can result in
excessively long boot times in a way that looks like an infinite loop
when multiple busses are present. Since 0f183fd151 (net/fsl: enable
extended scanning in xgmac_mdio) we perform more scanning so there are
potentially more failures.
Reduce the logging level to dev_dbg which is consistent with the
Freescale enetc driver.
Cc: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@nuviainc.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify the comment typo: "compliment" -> "complement".
Signed-off-by: Wang Qing <wangqing@vivo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should also be regarded as an error when hw return status=4 for PF's
setting mac cmd. Only if PF return status=4 to VF should this cmd be
taken special treatment.
Fixes: 7dd29ee128 ("hinic: add sriov feature support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes mlx5 updates
1) Add support for Connection Tracking offload in NIC mode.
Supporting CT offload in NIC mode on Mellanox cards is useful for
scenarios where the dual port NIC serves as a gateway between 2
networks and forwards traffic between these networks.
Since the traffic is not terminated on the host in this case,
no use of SRIOV VFs and/or switchdev mode is required.
Today Mellanox NIC cards already support offloading of packet forwarding
between physical ports without going to the host so combining it with CT
offloading allows users to create a gateway with forwarding and CT
(Including NAT) offloading capabilities in non-switchdev mode.
To support connection tracking in non-Switchdev mode (Single NIC mode),
we need to make use of the current Connection tracking infrastructure
implemented on top of E-Switch and the mlx5 generic flow table chains
APIs, to make it work on non-Eswitch steering domain e.g. NIC RX domain,
the following was performed:
1.1) Refactor current flow steering chains infrastructure and
updates TC nic mode implementation to use flow table chains.
1.2) Refactor current Connection Tracking (CT) infrastructure to not
assume E-switch backend, and make the CT layer agnostic to
underlying steering mode (E-Switch/NIC)
1.3) Plumbing to support CT offload in NIC mode.
2) Trivial code cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9rz9cACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7K/gf/ZysTFuFuC7MCo7xJO2vxlGGE1r6/ENsqonvUT2tcoZCdK9bZMw1Mx17Z
r1nyn0xQ3MwRheXMSpqXngTPpfGM6eNgV9CDfFXm62z6WXMYieen0t/LrM/mxo+2
s74Okp53peyGNpePyseewEUGV7zaR6F6uukkKvr441gvAOF3Fcfaz+dIv7KzxKNS
+b78yw0b6mGc4foYLSuJcDQlSwqjeIpdSib8xmETMZwRzCt20GCEBDsBAaKt0wzM
1fTZttY+kuLd/m/q+sh3s/4lN2kOO+dwK5NGf+RWtiOaDWT+J/ogVmI2ywXIwsg7
U63nhjGAr7GPqkaG0Jv3aS7na6pbSA==
=sByc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-09-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-09-22
This series includes mlx5 updates
1) Add support for Connection Tracking offload in NIC mode.
Supporting CT offload in NIC mode on Mellanox cards is useful for
scenarios where the dual port NIC serves as a gateway between 2
networks and forwards traffic between these networks.
Since the traffic is not terminated on the host in this case,
no use of SRIOV VFs and/or switchdev mode is required.
Today Mellanox NIC cards already support offloading of packet forwarding
between physical ports without going to the host so combining it with CT
offloading allows users to create a gateway with forwarding and CT
(Including NAT) offloading capabilities in non-switchdev mode.
To support connection tracking in non-Switchdev mode (Single NIC mode),
we need to make use of the current Connection tracking infrastructure
implemented on top of E-Switch and the mlx5 generic flow table chains
APIs, to make it work on non-Eswitch steering domain e.g. NIC RX domain,
the following was performed:
1.1) Refactor current flow steering chains infrastructure and
updates TC nic mode implementation to use flow table chains.
1.2) Refactor current Connection Tracking (CT) infrastructure to not
assume E-switch backend, and make the CT layer agnostic to
underlying steering mode (E-Switch/NIC)
1.3) Plumbing to support CT offload in NIC mode.
2) Trivial code cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include PCS support in the dpaa2-eth driver by integrating it with the
new Lynx PCS module. There is not much to talk about in terms of changes
needed in the dpaa2-eth driver since the only steps necessary are to
find the MDIO device representing the PCS, register it to the Lynx PCS
module and then let phylink know if its existence also.
After this, the PCS callbacks will be treated directly by Lynx, without
interraction from dpaa2-eth's part.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ocelot switchdev passes the skb directly to the function that
enqueues it to the list of skb's awaiting a TX timestamp. Whereas the
felix DSA driver first clones the skb, then passes the clone to this
queue.
This matters because in the case of felix, the common IRQ handler, which
is ocelot_get_txtstamp(), currently clones the clone, and frees the
original clone. This is useless and can be simplified by using
skb_complete_tx_timestamp() instead of skb_tstamp_tx().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EEE should be only be enabled during stmmac_mac_link_up() when the
link are up and being set up properly. set_eee should only do settings
configuration and disabling the eee.
Without this fix, turning on EEE using ethtool will return
"Operation not supported". This is due to the driver is in a dead loop
waiting for eee to be advertised in the for eee to be activated but the
driver will only configure the EEE advertisement after the eee is
activated.
Ethtool should only return "Operation not supported" if there is no EEE
capbility in the MAC controller.
Fixes: 8a7493e58a ("net: stmmac: Fix a race in EEE enable callback")
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mark Gross <mgross@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX DMA channel data is accessed by the xrx200_start_xmit() and the
xrx200_tx_housekeeping() function from different threads. Make sure the
accesses are synchronized by acquiring the netif_tx_lock() in the
xrx200_tx_housekeeping() function too. This lock is acquired by the
kernel before calling xrx200_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to control rx-flow-hash based on VLAN.
By default VLAN plus 4-tuple based hashing is enabled.
Changes can be done runtime using ethtool
To enable 2-tuple plus VLAN based flow distribution
# ethtool -N <intf> rx-flow-hash <prot> sdv
To enable 4-tuple plus VLAN based flow distribution
# ethtool -N <intf> rx-flow-hash <prot> sdfnv
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for PF/VF drivers to choose RSS flow key algorithm
with VLAN tag included in hashing input data. Only CTAG is considered.
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1838d6c62f.
This commit moved the ravb_mdio_init() call (and thus the
of_mdiobus_register() call) from the ravb_probe() to the ravb_open()
call. This causes a regression during system resume (s2idle/s2ram), as
new PHY devices cannot be bound while suspended.
During boot, the Micrel PHY is detected like this:
Micrel KSZ9031 Gigabit PHY e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00: attached PHY driver [Micrel KSZ9031 Gigabit PHY] (mii_bus:phy_addr=e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00, irq=228)
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control off
During system suspend, (A) defer_all_probes is set to true, and (B)
usermodehelper_disabled is set to UMH_DISABLED, to avoid drivers being
probed while suspended.
A. If CONFIG_MODULES=n, phy_device_register() calling device_add()
merely adds the device, but does not probe it yet, as
really_probe() returns early due to defer_all_probes being set:
dpm_resume+0x128/0x4f8
device_resume+0xcc/0x1b0
dpm_run_callback+0x74/0x340
ravb_resume+0x190/0x1b8
ravb_open+0x84/0x770
of_mdiobus_register+0x1e0/0x468
of_mdiobus_register_phy+0x1b8/0x250
of_mdiobus_phy_device_register+0x178/0x1e8
phy_device_register+0x114/0x1b8
device_add+0x3d4/0x798
bus_probe_device+0x98/0xa0
device_initial_probe+0x10/0x18
__device_attach+0xe4/0x140
bus_for_each_drv+0x64/0xc8
__device_attach_driver+0xb8/0xe0
driver_probe_device.part.11+0xc4/0xd8
really_probe+0x32c/0x3b8
Later, phy_attach_direct() notices no PHY driver has been bound,
and falls back to the Generic PHY, leading to degraded operation:
Generic PHY e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00: attached PHY driver [Generic PHY] (mii_bus:phy_addr=e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00, irq=POLL)
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control off
B. If CONFIG_MODULES=y, request_module() returns early with -EBUSY due
to UMH_DISABLED, and MDIO initialization fails completely:
mdio_bus e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00: error -16 loading PHY driver module for ID 0x00221622
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: failed to initialize MDIO
PM: dpm_run_callback(): ravb_resume+0x0/0x1b8 returns -16
PM: Device e6800000.ethernet failed to resume: error -16
Ignoring -EBUSY in phy_request_driver_module(), like was done for
-ENOENT in commit 21e194425a ("net: phy: fix issue with loading
PHY driver w/o initramfs"), would makes it fall back to the Generic
PHY, like in the CONFIG_MODULES=n case.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With tracepoints support present in the mailbox
code this patch adds tracepoints in PF and VF drivers
at places where mailbox messages are allocated,
sent and at message interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added tracepoints in mailbox code so that
the mailbox operations like message allocation,
sending message and message interrupts are traced.
Also the mailbox errors occurred like timeout
or wrong responses are traced.
These will help in debugging mailbox issues.
Here's an example output showing one of the mailbox
messages sent by PF to AF and AF responding to it:
~# mount -t tracefs none /sys/kernel/tracing/
~# echo 1 > /sys/kernel/tracing/events/rvu/enable
~# ifconfig eth0 up
~# cat /sys/kernel/tracing/trace
~# cat /sys/kernel/tracing/trace
tracer: nop
_-----=> irqs-off
/ _----=> need-resched
| / _---=> hardirq/softirq
|| / _--=> preempt-depth
||| / delay
TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
| | | |||| | |
ifconfig-2382 [002] .... 756.161892: otx2_msg_alloc: [0002:02:00.0] msg:(0x400) size:40
ifconfig-2382 [002] ...1 756.161895: otx2_msg_send: [0002:02:00.0] sent 1 msg(s) of size:48
<idle>-0 [000] d.h1 756.161902: otx2_msg_interrupt: [0002:01:00.0] mbox interrupt PF(s) to AF (0x2)
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] .... 756.162049: otx2_msg_process: [0002:01:00.0] msg:(0x400) error:0
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] ...1 756.162051: otx2_msg_send: [0002:01:00.0] sent 1 msg(s) of size:32
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] d.h. 756.162056: otx2_msg_interrupt: [0002:02:00.0] mbox interrupt AF to PF (0x1)
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment "holders of db->lock must always block IRQs" and related
code to do irqsave and irqrestore don't make sense since we are in a
IRQ-disabled hardIRQ context.
Cc: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Cc: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of static variables were not modified. Make them const to allow
the compiler to put them in read-only memory. In order to do so,
constify a couple of input pointers as well as some local pointers.
This moves about 35Kb to read-only memory as seen by the output of the
size command.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
404938 111534 640 517112 7e3f8 drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
439499 76974 640 517113 7e3f9 drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge.ko
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last return statement is unreachable code. I'm not sure if it will
provoke any warnings, but it looks ugly.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek (CIP) <pavel@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Memory ft->g in accel_fs_tcp_create_groups() is allocaed with kcalloc().
It's excessive to free ft->g with kvfree(). Use kfree() instead.
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Variables flow_group_in, spec in rx_fs_create() are allocated with
kvzalloc(). It's incorrect to free them with kfree(). Use kvfree()
instead.
Fixes: 5e46634529 ("net/mlx5e: IPsec: Add IPsec steering in local NIC RX")
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Keep and use a direct reference to the mlx5 core device in all of
tc_ct code instead of accessing it via a pointer to mlx5 eswitch
in order to support nic mode ct offload for VF devices that don't
have a valid eswitch pointer set.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
priv is never used in this function
Fixes: 7e36feeb04 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Don't offload tuple rewrites for established tuples")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
A connection is represented by two 5-tuple entries, one for each direction.
Currently, each direction allocates its own hw counter, which is
inefficient as ct aging is managed per connection.
Share the counter that was allocated for the original direction with the
reverse direction.
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Adding support to perform CT related tc actions and
matching on CT states for nic flows.
The ct flows management and handling will be done using a new
instance of the ct database that is declared in this patch to
keep it separate from the eswitch ct flows database.
Offloading and unoffloading ct flows will be done using the
existing ct offload api by providing it the relevant ct
database reference in each mode.
In addition, refactoring the tc ct api is introduced to make it
agnostic to the flow type and perform the resource allocations
and rule insertion to the proper steering domain in the device.
In the initialization call, the api requests and stores in the ct
database instance all the relevant information that distinguishes
between nic flows and esw flows, such as chains database, steering
namespace and mod hdr table.
This way the operations of adding and removing ct flows to the device
can later performed agnostically to the flow type.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The changes are:
- Use mlx5_core print macros instead of netdev_warn since
netdev is not always initialized at that stage.
- Print a warning message in case the issue is with lack of
support for CT offload without indicating an error.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Allow adding nic tc flow rules with goto chain action.
Connecting the nic flows to the mlx5 chains infrastructure in previous
patches allows us to support the creation of chained flow tables and
rules that direct to another chain for further packet processing.
This is a required preparation to support CT offloads for nic tc flows.
We allow the creation of 256 different chains for nic flows since we
have 8 bits available for the chain restore tag in case of a miss.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to support chains and connection tracking offload for
nic flows, there's a need to introduce a common flow attributes
struct so that these features can be agnostic and have access to
a single attributes struct, regardless of the flow type.
Therefore, a new tc flow attributes format is introduced to allow
access to attributes that are common to eswitch and nic flows.
The common attributes will always get allocated for the new flows,
regardless of their type, while the type specific attributes are
separated into different structs and will be allocated based on the
flow type to avoid memory waste.
When allocating the flow attributes the caller provides the flow
steering namespace and according the namespace type the additional
space for the extra, type specific, attributes is determined and
added to the total attribute allocation size.
In addition, the attributes that are going to be common to both
flow types are moved to the common attributes struct.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
For future support of CT offload with nic tc flows, where
the flow rule is not created immediately but rather following
a future event, the patch is splitting the nic rule creation
and deletion into 2 parts:
1. Creating/Deleting and setting the rule attributes.
2. Creating/Deleting the flow table and flow rule itself.
This way the attributes can be prepared and stored in the
flow handle when the tc flow is created but the rule can
actually be created at any point in the future, using these
pre allocated attributes.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change nic tc flows offload path to use the chains and prios
infrastructure for the flow table creation as a preparation to
support tc multi chains and priorities for nic flows.
Adding an instance of the table chaining database to the nic tc struct
and perform the root table creation and desctuction via the chains api
while keeping the limit of a single chain (0) in nic tc mode.
This will be extendable to supporting multiple chains in the following
patches.
The flow table sizes and default miss table parameters that are provided
to the chains creation api are kept the same.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Allow setting a flow table with a lower level
as a rule destination in nic rx tables.
This is required in order to support table chaining
of tc nic flows.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Decouple the chains infrastructure from eswitch and make
it generic to support other steering namespaces.
The change defines an agnostic data structure to keep
all the relevant information for maintaining flow table
chaining in any steering namespace. Each namespace that
requires table chaining will be required to allocate
such data structure.
The chains creation code will receive the steering namespace
and flow table parameters from the caller so it will operate
agnosticly when creating the required resources to
maintain the table chaining function while Parts of the code
that are relevant to eswitch specific functionality are moved
to eswitch files.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/8139cp.c: In function cp_tx_timeout:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/8139cp.c:1242:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
`rc` is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the warnings about function header comments when building hinic
driver with "W=1" option.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-09-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 95 non-merge commits during the last 22 day(s) which contain
a total of 124 files changed, 4211 insertions(+), 2040 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Full multi function support in libbpf, from Andrii.
2) Refactoring of function argument checks, from Lorenz.
3) Make bpf_tail_call compatible with functions (subprograms), from Maciej.
4) Program metadata support, from YiFei.
5) bpf iterator optimizations, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c: In function lan743x_pm_suspend:
`ret` is set but not used. In fact, `pci_prepare_to_sleep` function value should
be the right value of `lan743x_pm_suspend` function, therefore, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Multi packet TX descriptor support for SKBs.
This series introduces some refactoring of the regular TX data path in
mlx5 and adds the Enhanced TX MPWQE feature support. MPWQE stands for
multi-packet work queue element, and it can serve multiple packets,
reducing the PCI bandwidth spent on control traffic. It should improve
performance in scenarios where PCI is the bottleneck, and xmit_more is
signaled by the kernel. The refactoring done in this series also
improves the packet rate on its own.
MPWQE is already implemented in the XDP tx path, this series adds the
support of MPWQE for regular kernel SKB tx path.
MPWQE is supported from ConnectX-5 and onward, for legacy devices we need
to keep backward compatibility for regular (Single packet) WQE descriptor.
MPWQE is not compatible with certain offloads and features, such as TLS
offload, TSO, nonlinear SKBs. If such incompatible features are in use,
the driver gracefully falls back to non-MPWQE per SKB.
Prior to the final patch "net/mlx5e: Enhanced TX MPWQE for SKBs" that adds
the actual support, Maxim did some refactoring to the tx data path to
split it into stages and smaller helper functions that can be utilized and
reused for both legacy and new MPWQE feature.
Performance testing:
UDP performance is improved in a single stream pktgen test:
Packet rate: 16.86 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 20.94 Mpps (±0.33 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 434 -> 329
Cycles per packet: 158 -> 123
Instructions per cycle: 2.75 -> 2.67
TCP and XDP_TX single stream tests show no performance difference.
MPWQE can reduce PCI bandwidth:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at fixed rate of 36864000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 80.3%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 59.0%
PCI Gen3, pktgen at fixed rate of 56064000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 65.4%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 49.3%
MPWQE can also reduce CPU load, increasing the packet rate in case of
CPU bottleneck:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 37.5 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 49.0 Mpps
PCI Gen3, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 57.0 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 66.8 Mpps
Burst size in all pktgen tests is 32.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9pZE0ACgkQSD+KveBX
+j5V/Qf+M0PI/ZyTsOlHbl78Mz7acgGSZTjFBPo0MQ7U0ReY8C25YVDycKazlwwZ
XL8Ip1gV08uDbROB92ozQcDekIyiTyae04ACXa+oCl/lxJydxN5ZDAiJV+bUhb0E
Ti4rBrgPH46FMbKso2XPFxdk9f9krqOLA2Jl7Am+R+W1nYgdBkqumTRXGkDEV8oi
p1YeFb/ldBXS6En/QQAZ89FbHaoV+V4Z2uHhdoWjLPhumgplk14BwRMT0UCRn3IK
6Q8jk55gW7lE9vdhQuOHZeU3SRr2+VcyYii2/htfvdQjsGrBVrAm1gWcF2KrUa6C
VxuDQ1oXh3r/eibnTq/XReadRiGSVg==
=ouzY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-09-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-09-21
Multi packet TX descriptor support for SKBs.
This series introduces some refactoring of the regular TX data path in
mlx5 and adds the Enhanced TX MPWQE feature support. MPWQE stands for
multi-packet work queue element, and it can serve multiple packets,
reducing the PCI bandwidth spent on control traffic. It should improve
performance in scenarios where PCI is the bottleneck, and xmit_more is
signaled by the kernel. The refactoring done in this series also
improves the packet rate on its own.
MPWQE is already implemented in the XDP tx path, this series adds the
support of MPWQE for regular kernel SKB tx path.
MPWQE is supported from ConnectX-5 and onward, for legacy devices we need
to keep backward compatibility for regular (Single packet) WQE descriptor.
MPWQE is not compatible with certain offloads and features, such as TLS
offload, TSO, nonlinear SKBs. If such incompatible features are in use,
the driver gracefully falls back to non-MPWQE per SKB.
Prior to the final patch "net/mlx5e: Enhanced TX MPWQE for SKBs" that adds
the actual support, Maxim did some refactoring to the tx data path to
split it into stages and smaller helper functions that can be utilized and
reused for both legacy and new MPWQE feature.
Performance testing:
UDP performance is improved in a single stream pktgen test:
Packet rate: 16.86 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 20.94 Mpps (±0.33 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 434 -> 329
Cycles per packet: 158 -> 123
Instructions per cycle: 2.75 -> 2.67
TCP and XDP_TX single stream tests show no performance difference.
MPWQE can reduce PCI bandwidth:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at fixed rate of 36864000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 80.3%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 59.0%
PCI Gen3, pktgen at fixed rate of 56064000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 65.4%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 49.3%
MPWQE can also reduce CPU load, increasing the packet rate in case of
CPU bottleneck:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 37.5 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 49.0 Mpps
PCI Gen3, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 57.0 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 66.8 Mpps
Burst size in all pktgen tests is 32.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds support for Enhanced TX MPWQE feature in the regular
(SKB) data path. A MPWQE (multi-packet work queue element) can serve
multiple packets, reducing the PCI bandwidth on control traffic.
Two new stats (tx*_mpwqe_blks and tx*_mpwqe_pkts) are added. The feature
is on by default and controlled by the skb_tx_mpwqe private flag.
In a MPWQE, eseg is shared among all packets, so eseg-based offloads
(IPSEC, GENEVE, checksum) run on a separate eseg that is compared to the
eseg of the current MPWQE session to decide if the new packet can be
added to the same session.
MPWQE is not compatible with certain offloads and features, such as TLS
offload, TSO, nonlinear SKBs. If such incompatible features are in use,
the driver gracefully falls back to non-MPWQE.
This change has no performance impact in TCP single stream test and
XDP_TX single stream test.
UDP pktgen, 64-byte packets, single stream, MPWQE off:
Packet rate: 16.96 Mpps (±0.12 Mpps) -> 17.01 Mpps (±0.20 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 421 -> 429
Cycles per packet: 156 -> 161
Instructions per cycle: 2.70 -> 2.67
UDP pktgen, 64-byte packets, single stream, MPWQE on:
Packet rate: 16.96 Mpps (±0.12 Mpps) -> 20.94 Mpps (±0.33 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 421 -> 329
Cycles per packet: 156 -> 123
Instructions per cycle: 2.70 -> 2.67
Enabling MPWQE can reduce PCI bandwidth:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at fixed rate of 36864000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 80.3%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 59.0%
PCI Gen3, pktgen at fixed rate of 56064000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 65.4%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 49.3%
Enabling MPWQE can also reduce CPU load, increasing the packet rate in
case of CPU bottleneck:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 37.5 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 49.0 Mpps
PCI Gen3, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 57.0 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 66.8 Mpps
Burst size in all pktgen tests is 32.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
mlx5e_txwqe_complete performs some actions that can be taken to separate
functions:
1. Update the flags needed for hardware timestamping.
2. Stop the TX queue if it's full.
Take these actions into separate functions to be reused by the MPWQE
code in the following commit and to maintain clear responsibilities of
functions.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
As preparation for the upcoming TX MPWQE support for SKBs, rename struct
mlx5e_xdp_mpwqe to mlx5e_tx_mpwqe and move it above struct mlx5e_txqsq.
This structure will be reused in the regular SQ and in the regular TX
data path. Also rename mlx5e_xdp_xmit_data to mlx5e_xmit_data - it will
be used in the upcoming TX MPWQE flow.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
As preparation for the upcoming TX MPWQE for SKBs, create a function
(mlx5e_tx_mpwqe_is_full) to check whether an MPWQE session is full. This
function will be shared by MPWQE code for XDP and for SKBs. Defines are
renamed and moved to make them not XDP-specific.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
TX MPWQE support for SKBs is coming in one of the following patches, and
a single MPWQE can send multiple SKBs. This commit prepares the TX path
code to handle such cases:
1. An additional FIFO for SKBs is added, just like the FIFO for DMA
chunks.
2. struct mlx5e_tx_wqe_info will contain num_fifo_pkts. If a given WQE
contains only one packet, num_fifo_pkts will be zero, and the SKB will
be stored in mlx5e_tx_wqe_info, as usual. If num_fifo_pkts > 0, the SKB
pointer will be NULL, and the SKBs will be stored in the FIFO.
This change has no performance impact in TCP single stream test and
XDP_TX single stream test.
When compiled with a recent GCC, this change shows no visible
performance impact on UDP pktgen (burst 32) single stream test either:
Packet rate: 16.95 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 16.96 Mpps (±0.12 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 429 -> 421
Cycles per packet: 160 -> 156
Instructions per cycle: 2.69 -> 2.70
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Before this patch, mlx5e_ktls_tx_handle_resync_dump_comp checked for
resync_dump_frag_page. It happened for all WQEs without an SKB,
including padding WQEs, and required a function call. Normally, padding
WQEs happen more often than TLS resyncs. Take this check out of the
function and put it to an inline function to save a call on all padding
WQEs.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
A constant for the number of DS in an empty WQE (i.e. a WQE without data
segments) is needed in multiple places (normal TX data path, MPWQE in
XDP), but currently we have a constant for XDP and an inline formula in
normal TX. This patch introduces a common constant.
Additionally, mlx5e_xdp_mpwqe_session_start is converted to use struct
assignment, because the code nearby is touched.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Use MLX5E_XDP_MPW_MAX_WQEBBS to reserve space for a MPWQE, because it's
actually the maximal size a MPWQE can take.
Reorganize the logic that checks when to close the MPWQE session:
1. Put all checks into a single function.
2. When inline is on, make only one comparison - if it's false, the less
strict one will also be false. The compiler probably optimized it out
anyway, but it's clearer to also reflect it in the code.
The MLX5E_XDP_INLINE_WQE_* defines are also changed to make the
calculations more correct from the logical point of view. Though
MLX5E_XDP_INLINE_WQE_MAX_DS_CNT used to be 16 and didn't change its
value, the calculation used to be DIV_ROUND_UP(max inline packet size,
MLX5_SEND_WQE_DS), and the numerator should have included sizeof(struct
mlx5_wqe_inline_seg).
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
A huge function mlx5e_sq_xmit was split into several to achieve multiple
goals:
1. Reuse the code in IPoIB.
2. Better intergrate with TLS, IPSEC, GENEVE and checksum offloads. Now
it's possible to reserve space in the WQ before running eseg-based
offloads, so:
2.1. It's not needed to copy cseg and eseg after mlx5e_fill_sq_frag_edge
anymore.
2.2. mlx5e_txqsq_get_next_pi will be used instead of the legacy
mlx5e_fill_sq_frag_edge for better code maintainability and reuse.
3. Prepare for the upcoming TX MPWQE for SKBs. It will intervene after
mlx5e_sq_calc_wqe_attr to check if it's possible to use MPWQE, and the
code flow will split into two paths: MPWQE and non-MPWQE.
Two high-level functions are provided to send packets:
* mlx5e_xmit is called by the networking stack, runs offloads and sends
the packet. In one of the following patches, MPWQE support will be added
to this flow.
* mlx5e_sq_xmit_simple is called by the TLS offload, runs only the
checksum offload and sends the packet.
This change has no performance impact in TCP single stream test and
XDP_TX single stream test.
When compiled with a recent GCC, this change shows no visible
performance impact on UDP pktgen (burst 32) single stream test either:
Packet rate: 16.86 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 16.95 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 434 -> 429
Cycles per packet: 158 -> 160
Instructions per cycle: 2.75 -> 2.69
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Move mlx5e_tx_wqe_inline_mode from en/txrx.h to en_tx.c as it's only
used there.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Struct assignment guarantees that all fields of the structure are
initialized (those that are not mentioned are zeroed). It makes code
mode robust and reduces chances for unpredictable behavior when one
forgets to reset some field and it holds an old value from previous
iterations of using the structure.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
As preparation for the next patch, don't increase ihs to calculate
ds_cnt and then decrease it, but rather calculate the intermediate value
temporarily. This code has the same amount of arithmetic operations, but
now allows to split out ds_cnt calculation, which will be performed in
the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
The IS2 IP4_TCP_UDP key offsets do not correspond to the VSC7514
datasheet. Whether they work or not is unknown to me. On VSC9959 and
VSC9953, with the same mistake and same discrepancy from the
documentation, tc-flower src_port and dst_port rules did not work, so I
am assuming the same is true here.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9pQ8EACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7I2wf/cu9W3mC8sNeJaZKIbJ+H6KhgZsGbeLud5tFscjcf5IaCpR97hyeZPfEG
doNRtcsT9Pj5YJn458L/p+zTVeWOuaOGPMsV8pdP/8OlFzjJW/rGXnBrEUt0ehkS
Sa//xGD6V8+nW9Z34fwQqrrqJeZik3H9V/RkriZUTsJ/zR/otLF3fVOQFwrS9Ka2
/dl1ERFepjBWupY39PSMFS2S2BZ6LYY8G/ewgHKeexbqLykxU27P3+mFz46YPmP6
jdIMmvo+fuPqyu9Tjtg6pGjYpCWttnBBtDmeSg+ewf61qW4mSemJzfGcbZYY2XT6
CxRsm4aTJ5COTEx05JFOqIhpP5LuAA==
=Hcsv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-09-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5 fixes-2020-09-18
This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
v1->v2:
Remove missing patch from -stable list.
For -stable v5.1
('net/mlx5: Fix FTE cleanup')
For -stable v5.3
('net/mlx5e: TLS, Do not expose FPGA TLS counter if not supported')
('net/mlx5e: Enable adding peer miss rules only if merged eswitch is supported')
For -stable v5.7
('net/mlx5e: Fix memory leak of tunnel info when rule under multipath not ready')
For -stable v5.8
('net/mlx5e: Use RCU to protect rq->xdp_prog')
('net/mlx5e: Fix endianness when calculating pedit mask first bit')
('net/mlx5e: Use synchronize_rcu to sync with NAPI')
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock only needed when accessing the channel's icosq, grab the lock
after the buf allocation in resync_post_get_progress_params() to avoid
kzalloc(GFP_KERNEL) in atomic context.
Fixes: 0419d8c9d8 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX resync support")
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Using synchronize_rcu() is sufficient to wait until running NAPI quits.
See similar upstream fix with detailed explanation:
("net/mlx5e: Use synchronize_rcu to sync with NAPI")
This change also fixes a possible use-after-free as the NAPI
might be already released at this stage.
Fixes: 0419d8c9d8 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX resync support")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The set of TLS TX global SW counters in mlx5e_tls_sw_stats_desc
is updated from all rings by using atomic ops.
This set of stats is used only in the FPGA TLS use case, not in
the Connect-X TLS one, where regular per-ring counters are used.
Do not expose them in the Connect-X use case, as this would cause
counter duplication. For example, tx_tls_drop_no_sync_data would
appear twice in the ethtool stats.
Fixes: d2ead1f360 ("net/mlx5e: Add kTLS TX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
The cited commit started to reuse function mlx5e_update_ndo_stats() for
the representors as well.
However, the function is hard-coded to work on mlx5e_nic_stats_grps only.
Due to this issue, the representors statistics were not updated in the
output of "ip -s".
Fix it to work with the correct group by extracting it from the caller's
profile.
Also, while at it and since this function became generic, move it to
en_stats.c and rename it accordingly.
Fixes: 8a236b1514 ("net/mlx5e: Convert rep stats to mlx5e_stats_grp-based infra")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the FW does not generate events for counters other than error
counters. Unlike ".get_ethtool_stats", ".ndo_get_stats64" (which ip -s
uses) might run in atomic context, while the FW interface is non atomic.
Thus, 'ip' is not allowed to issue FW commands, so it will only display
cached counters in the driver.
Add a SW counter (mcast_packets) in the driver to count rx multicast
packets. The counter also counts broadcast packets, as we consider it a
special case of multicast.
Use the counter value when calling "ip -s"/"ifconfig".
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ("net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality")
Signed-off-by: Ron Diskin <rondi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The field mask value is provided in network byte order and has to
be converted to host byte order before calculating pedit mask
first bit.
Fixes: 88f30bbcba ("net/mlx5e: Bit sized fields rewrite support")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
The cited commit creates peer miss group during switchdev mode
initialization in order to handle miss packets correctly while in VF
LAG mode. This is done regardless of FW support of such groups which
could cause rules setups failure later on.
Fix by adding FW capability check before creating peer groups/rule.
Fixes: ac004b8321 ("net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add peer miss rules")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add missing mapping remove call when removing ct rule,
as the mapping was allocated when ct rule was adding with ct_label.
Also there is a missing mapping remove call in error flow.
Fixes: 54b154ecfb ("net/mlx5e: CT: Map 128 bits labels to 32 bit map ID")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When deleting vxlan flow rule under multipath, tun_info in parse_attr is
not freed when the rule is not ready.
Fixes: ef06c9ee89 ("net/mlx5e: Allow one failure when offloading tc encap rules under multipath")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
As described in the previous commit, napi_synchronize doesn't quite fit
the purpose when we just need to wait until the currently running NAPI
quits. Its implementation waits until NAPI is not running by polling and
waiting for 1ms in between. In cases where we need to deactivate one
queue (e.g., recovery flows) or where we deactivate them one-by-one
(deactivate channel flow), we may get stuck in napi_synchronize forever
if other queues keep NAPI active, causing a soft lockup. Depending on
kernel configuration (CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_SOFTLOCKUP_PANIC), it may result
in a kernel panic.
To fix the issue, use synchronize_rcu to wait for NAPI to quit, and wrap
the whole NAPI in rcu_read_lock.
Fixes: acc6c5953a ("net/mlx5e: Split open/close channels to stages")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, the RQs are temporarily deactivated while hot-replacing the
XDP program, and napi_synchronize is used to make sure rq->xdp_prog is
not in use. However, napi_synchronize is not ideal: instead of waiting
till the end of a NAPI cycle, it polls and waits until NAPI is not
running, sleeping for 1ms between the periodic checks. Under heavy
workloads, this loop will never end, which may even lead to a kernel
panic if the kernel detects the hangup. Such workloads include XSK TX
and possibly also heavy RX (XSK or normal).
The fix is inspired by commit 326fe02d1e ("net/mlx4_en: protect
ring->xdp_prog with rcu_read_lock"). As mlx5e_xdp_handle is already
protected by rcu_read_lock, and bpf_prog_put uses call_rcu to free the
program, there is no need for additional synchronization if proper RCU
functions are used to access the pointer. This patch converts all
accesses to rq->xdp_prog to use RCU functions.
Fixes: 86994156c7 ("net/mlx5e: XDP fast RX drop bpf programs support")
Fixes: db05815b36 ("net/mlx5e: Add XSK zero-copy support")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, when an FTE is allocated, its refcount is decreased to 0
with the purpose it will not be a stand alone steering object and every
rule (destination) of the FTE would increase the refcount.
When mlx5_cleanup_fs is called while not all rules were deleted by the
steering users, it hit refcount underflow on the FTE once clean_tree
calls to tree_remove_node after the deleted rules already decreased
the refcount to 0.
FTE is no longer destroyed implicitly when the last rule (destination)
is deleted. mlx5_del_flow_rules avoids it by increasing the refcount on
the FTE and destroy it explicitly after all rules were deleted. So we
can avoid the refcount underflow by making FTE as stand alone object.
In addition need to set del_hw_func to FTE so the HW object will be
destroyed when the FTE is deleted from the cleanup_tree flow.
refcount_t: underflow; use-after-free.
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 15715 at lib/refcount.c:28 refcount_warn_saturate+0xd9/0xe0
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (Q35 + ICH9, 2009), BIOS rel-1.13.0-0-gf21b5a4aeb02-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
Call Trace:
tree_put_node+0xf2/0x140 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x5f/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x5f/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_cleanup_fs+0x26/0x270 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_unload+0x2e/0xa0 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_unload_one+0x51/0x120 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_devlink_reload_down+0x51/0x90 [mlx5_core]
devlink_reload+0x39/0x120
? devlink_nl_cmd_reload+0x43/0x220
genl_rcv_msg+0x1e4/0x420
? genl_family_rcv_msg_attrs_parse+0x100/0x100
netlink_rcv_skb+0x47/0x110
genl_rcv+0x24/0x40
netlink_unicast+0x217/0x2f0
netlink_sendmsg+0x30f/0x430
sock_sendmsg+0x30/0x40
__sys_sendto+0x10e/0x140
? handle_mm_fault+0xc4/0x1f0
? do_page_fault+0x33f/0x630
__x64_sys_sendto+0x24/0x30
do_syscall_64+0x48/0x130
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
Fixes: 718ce4d601 ("net/mlx5: Consolidate update FTE for all removal changes")
Fixes: bd71b08ec2 ("net/mlx5: Support multiple updates of steering rules in parallel")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c: In function ns83820_get_link_ksettings:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:1210:11: warning: variable ‘tanar’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
`tanar` is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This failure path should return a negative error code but it currently
returns success.
Fixes: 51b35a454e ("sfc: skeleton EF100 PF driver")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After running Sparse checker on the driver using
make C=1 M=drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena
the only error that is thrown is:
sparse: sparse: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
about the line
struct ena_calc_queue_size_ctx calc_queue_ctx = { 0 };
This patch fixes this warning, thus making our driver free (for now) of
Sparse errors/warnings.
To make a more complete work, this patch also fixes all static warnings
that were found using an internal static checker.
Signed-off-by: Ido Segev <idose@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The formal name changes to "ENA_ADMIN_RSS_INDIRECTION_TABLE_CONFIG".
Indirection is the ability to reference "something" using "something else"
instead of the value itself.
Indirection table, as the name implies, is the ability to reference
CPU/Queue value using hash-to-CPU table instead of CPU/Queue itself.
This patch renames the variable keys_num, which describes the number of
words in the RSS hash key, to key_parts which makes its purpose clearer
in RSS context.
Signed-off-by: Amit Bernstein <amitbern@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The placement policy is printed in the process of queue creation in
ena_up(). No need to print it in ena_probe().
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Capitalize all log strings printed by the ena driver to make their
format uniform across it.
Also fix indentation, spelling mistakes and comments to improve code
readability. This also includes adding comments to macros/enums whose
purpose might be difficult to understand.
Separate some code into functions to make it easier to understand the
purpose of these lines.
Signed-off-by: Amit Bernstein <amitbern@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make log prints in ena_netdev use the same log functions as the rest of
the driver.
For the sake of consistency, all prints in ena_netdev file were
converted into netif_* format except where netdev struct isn't yet
defined. For these places, dev_* log functions are used (similar to
the patch for ena_com files).
This commit leaves some corner cases which would be changed in a
future patch.
Signed-off-by: Amit Bernstein <amitbern@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All ena files should now use SPDX format in their license string. This
doesn't change the license of the files, but rather states the same
license in fewer words.
Also update the license years in some of the files.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the return expression.
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the return expression.
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sg_init_table zeroes its first argument, so the allocation of that argument
doesn't have to.
the semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,n,flags;
@@
x =
- kcalloc
+ kmalloc_array
(n,sizeof(struct scatterlist),flags)
...
sg_init_table(x,n)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The wrong flag value caused the firmware call to return actual port
counters instead of the counter masks. This messed up the counter
overflow logic and caused erratic extended port counters to be
displayed under ethtool -S.
Fixes: 531d1d269c ("bnxt_en: Retrieve hardware masks for port counters.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix it to set the required fid input parameter. The firmware call
fails without this patch.
Fixes: d752d0536c ("bnxt_en: Retrieve hardware counter masks from firmware if available.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Debug firmware commands are not supported on VFs to read registers.
This patch avoids logging unnecessary access_denied error on VFs
when user calls ETHTOOL_GREGS.
By returning error in get_regs_len() method on the VF, the get_regs()
method will not be called.
Fixes: b5d600b027 ("bnxt_en: Add support for 'ethtool -d'")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All changes related to bp->link_info require the protection of the
link_lock mutex. It's not sufficient to rely just on RTNL.
Fixes: 163e9ef636 ("bnxt_en: Fix race when modifying pause settings.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Returning "unknown" as a temperature value violates the hwmon interface
rules. Appropriate error codes should be returned via device_attribute
show instead. These will ultimately be propagated to the user via the
file system interface.
In addition to the corrected error handling, it is an even better idea to
not present the sensor in sysfs at all if it is known that the read will
definitely fail. Given that temp1_input is currently the only sensor
reported, ensure no hwmon registration if TEMP_MONITOR_QUERY is not
supported or if it will fail due to access permissions. Something smarter
may be needed if and when other sensors are added.
Fixes: 12cce90b93 ("bnxt_en: fix HWRM error when querying VF temperature")
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using strlcpy() to copy from VPD is not correct because VPD strings
are not necessarily NULL terminated. Use memcpy() to copy the VPD
length up to the destination buffer size - 1. The destination is
zeroed memory so it will always be NULL terminated.
Fixes: a0d0fd70fe ("bnxt_en: Read partno and serialno of the board from VPD")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:754:6: warning:
variable 'dummy' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
754 | u32 dummy;
| ^~~~~
This variable is not used in function mvneta_mib_counters_clear(), so
remove it to avoid build warning.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid copying skb_shared_info frags array in mvneta_swbm_build_skb() since
__build_skb_around() does not overwrite it
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recycle the received page into the page_pool cache if the dma descriptors
arrived in a wrong order
Fixes: ca0e014609 ("net: mvneta: move skb build after descriptors processing")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c:1599:2-17: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to
bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c:1300:2-17: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to
bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/8139too.c:981:2-8: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c:15415:1-26: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c:12393:2-17: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c:15497:2-27: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1465:2-13: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1468:2-14: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1471:2-13: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1472:2-14: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2213:6-20: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2218:2-16: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2226:3-17: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2230:3-17: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c: In function rx_proc:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:4981:6: warning: variable ‘rx_status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c: In function netdev_get_ethtool_stats:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:6512:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
these variable is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c: In function e1000_phy_init_script:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:132:6: warning: variable ‘ret_val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
`ret_val` is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c: In function lio_pci_readq:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1327:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c: In function lio_pci_writeq:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1358:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
these variable is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the region to be snapshotted to the function performing the
snapshot. This allows one function to operate on numerous regions.
v4:
Add missing kerneldoc for ICE
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is a good measure to ensure correctness if the structures that are
meant to remain constant are only processed by functions that thake
constant arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the header file containing a function's prototype isn't included by
the sourcefile containing the associated function, the build system
complains of missing prototypes.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_dcb.c:453:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘hclge_dcb_ops_set’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the header file containing a function's prototype isn't included by
the sourcefile containing the associated function, the build system
complains of missing prototypes.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn68xx_device.c:124:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘lio_setup_cn68xx_octeon_device’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:159:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_read_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:168:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_write_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:176:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem64’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:185:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:194:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_write_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix below sparse warning in dpmac.c.
warning: cast to restricted __le64
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make a distinction between different irqs by netdev name or pci name.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c: In function gmac_get_ringparam:
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:2125:21: warning: variable ‘config0’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c: In function gmac_init:
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:512:6: warning: variable ‘val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
these variable is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add PTP sync packet one-step timestamping support.
Before egress, one-step timestamping enablement needs,
- Enabling timestamp and FAS (Frame Annotation Status) in
dpni buffer layout.
- Write timestamp to frame annotation and set PTP bit in
FAS to mark as one-step timestamping event.
- Enabling one-step timestamping by dpni_set_single_step_cfg()
API, with offset provided to insert correction time on frame.
The offset must respect all MAC headers, VLAN tags and other
protocol headers accordingly. The correction field update can
consider delays up to one second. So PTP frame needs to be
filtered and parsed, and written timestamp into Sync frame
originTimestamp field.
The operation of API dpni_set_single_step_cfg() has to be done
when no one-step timestamping frames are in flight. So we have
to make sure the last one-step timestamping frame has already
been transmitted on hardware before starting to send the current
one. The resolution is,
- Utilize skb->cb[0] to mark timestamping request per packet.
If it is one-step timestamping PTP sync packet, queue to skb queue.
If not, transmit immediately.
- Schedule a work to transmit skbs in skb queue.
- mutex lock is used to ensure the last one-step timestamping packet
has already been transmitted on hardware through TX confirmation queue
before transmitting current packet.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a preparation for next hardware one-step timestamping
support. For DPAA2, the one step timestamping configuration on
hardware registers has to be done when there is no one-step timestamping
packet in flight. So we will have to use workqueue and skb queue
for such packets transmitting, to make sure waiting the last packet has
already been sent on hardware, and starting to transmit the current one.
So the tx timestamping flag in private data may not reflect the actual
request for the one-step timestamping packets of skb queue. This also
affects skb headroom allocation. Let's use skb->cb[0] to mark the
timestamping request for each skb.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Invoke dpaa2_eth_enable_tx_tstamp() once in code after building FD,
rather than calling it in dpaa2_eth_build_single_fd(),
dpaa2_eth_build_sg_fd_single_buf(), and dpaa2_eth_build_sg_fd().
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define a global ptp_qoriq structure pointer, and export to use.
The ptp clock operations will be used in dpaa2-eth driver.
For example, supporting one step timestamping needs to write
current time to hardware frame annotation before sending and
then hardware inserts the delay time on frame during sending.
So in driver, at least clock gettime operation will be needed
to make sure right time is written to hardware frame annotation
for one step timestamping.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add APIs of 1588 single step timestamping.
- dpni_set_single_step_cfg
- dpni_get_single_step_cfg
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call netif_tx_disable firstly before starting doing self-test to
avoid sending packet from networking core and self-test packet
simultaneously which may cause self-test failure or hw abnormal.
Fixes: 4aa218a4fe ("hinic: add self test support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 550f4d46af.
adapter->from_passive_init may be changed in ibmvnic_handle_crq
while ibmvnic_reset_init is waiting for the completion of
adapter->init_done.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for firmware update through the devlink interface.
This update copies the firmware object into the device, asks
the current firmware to install it, then asks the firmware to
select the new firmware for the next boot-up.
The install and select steps are launched as asynchronous
requests, which are then followed up with status request
commands. These status request commands will be answered with
an EAGAIN return value and will try again until the request
has completed or reached the timeout specified.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the rest of the firmware api bits needed to support the
driver running a firmware update.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mscc_ocelot_init_ports() will skip initializing a port when it
doesn't have a phy-handle, so the ocelot->ports[port] pointer will be
NULL. Take this into consideration when tearing down the driver, and add
a new function ocelot_deinit_port() to the switch library, mirror of
ocelot_init_port(), which needs to be called by the driver for all ports
it has initialized.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver was not unregistering its network interfaces on unbind.
Now it is.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mscc_ocelot_probe() is already pretty large and hard to follow. So move
the code for parsing ports in a separate function.
This makes it easier for the next patch to just call
mscc_ocelot_release_ports from the error path of mscc_ocelot_init_ports.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_init() allocates memory, resets the switch and polls for a status
register, things which can fail. Stop probing the driver in that case,
and propagate the error result.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not proceed probing if we couldn't allocate memory for the ports
array, just error out.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_port->ts_id is used to:
(a) populate skb->cb[0] for matching the TX timestamp in the PTP IRQ
with an skb.
(b) populate the REW_OP from the injection header of the ongoing skb.
Only then is ocelot_port->ts_id incremented.
This is a problem because, at least theoretically, another timestampable
skb might use the same ocelot_port->ts_id before that is incremented.
Normally all transmit calls are serialized by the netdev transmit
spinlock, but in this case, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb() is also
called by DSA, which has started declaring the NETIF_F_LLTX feature
since commit 2b86cb8299 ("net: dsa: declare lockless TX feature for
slave ports"). So the logic of using and incrementing the timestamp id
should be atomic per port.
The solution is to use the global ocelot_port->ts_id only while
protected by the associated ocelot_port->ts_id_lock. That's where we
populate skb->cb[0]. Note that for ocelot, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb
is called for the actual skb, but for felix, it is called for the skb's
clone. That is something which will also be changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX-timestampable skb is added late to the ocelot_port->tx_skbs. It
is in a race with the TX timestamp IRQ, which checks that queue trying
to match the timestamp with the skb by the ts_id. The skb should be
added to the queue before the IRQ can fire.
Fixes: 4e3b0468e6 ("net: mscc: PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leon Romanovsky says:
====================
IBTA declares speed as 16 bits, but kernel stores it in u8. This series
fixes in-kernel declaration while keeping external interface intact.
====================
Based on the mlx5-next branch at
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
due to dependencies.
* branch 'mlx5_active_speed':
RDMA: Fix link active_speed size
RDMA/mlx5: Delete duplicated mlx5_ptys_width enum
net/mlx5: Refactor query port speed functions
struct ethtool_fecparam carries bitmasks not bit numbers.
We want to return 1 (NONE), not 0.
Fixes: 0d08709383 ("nfp: implement ethtool FEC mode settings")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rx_request_irq(), it will just return what irq_set_affinity_hint()
returns. If it is failed, the napi and irq requested are not freed
properly. So add exits for failures to handle these.
Signed-off-by: Wei Li <liwei391@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two interfaces to configure ETS: qdiscs and DCB. Historically,
DCB ETS configuration was projected to ingress as well, and configured port
buffers. Qdisc was not.
Keep qdiscs behaving this way, and if an offloaded qdisc is configured on a
port, move this port's headroom to a manual mode, thus allowing
configuration of port buffers through dcbnl_setbuffer.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dcbnl_setbuffer, which bounces requests if a headroom is in DCB mode.
Implement dcbnl_getbuffer such that it can always be used to determine
port-buffer configuration, regardless of headroom mode.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two interfaces to configure ETS: qdiscs and DCB. Historically,
DCB ETS configuration was projected to ingress as well, and configured port
buffers. Qdisc was not.
So as not to break clients that today use DCB ETS and PFC and rely on
getting a reasonable ingress buffer priomap, keep the ETS mirroring in
effect.
Since qdiscs have not done this mirroring historically, it is reasonable
not to introduce it, but rather permit manual ingress configuration through
dcbnl_setbuffer only in the qdisc mode.
This will require a toggle to indicate whether buffer sizes should be
autocomputed or taken from dcbnl_setbuffer, and likewise for priomaps.
Introduce such and initialize it, and guard port buffer size configuration
as appropriate. The toggle is currently left in the DCB position. In a
following patch, qdisc code will switch it.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool API provides support for the configuration of the following
features: speed and duplex, auto-negotiation, MDI-x, forward error
correction, port media type. The API also provides information about the
port status, hardware and software statistic. The following limitation
exists:
- port media type should be configured before speed setting
- ethtool -m option is not supported
- ethtool -p option is not supported
- ethtool -r option is supported for RJ45 port only
- the following combination of parameters is not supported:
ethtool -s sw1pX port XX autoneg on
- forward error correction feature is supported only on SFP ports, 10G
speed
- auto-negotiation and MDI-x features are not supported on
Copper-to-Fiber SFP module
Co-developed-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add very basic support for devlink interface:
- driver name
- fw version
- devlink ports
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PCI interface driver for Prestera Switch ASICs family devices, which
provides:
- Firmware loading mechanism
- Requests & events handling to/from the firmware
- Access to the firmware on the bus level
The firmware has to be loaded each time the device is reset. The driver
is loading it from:
/lib/firmware/mrvl/prestera/mvsw_prestera_fw-v{MAJOR}.{MINOR}.img
The full firmware image version is located within the internal header
and consists of 3 numbers - MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH. Additionally, driver has
hard-coded minimum supported firmware version which it can work with:
MAJOR - reflects the support on ABI level between driver and loaded
firmware, this number should be the same for driver and loaded
firmware.
MINOR - this is the minimum supported version between driver and the
firmware.
PATCH - indicates only fixes, firmware ABI is not changed.
Firmware image file name contains only MAJOR and MINOR numbers to make
driver be compatible with any PATCH version.
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell Prestera 98DX326x integrates up to 24 ports of 1GbE with 8
ports of 10GbE uplinks or 2 ports of 40Gbps stacking for a largely
wireless SMB deployment.
The current implementation supports only boards designed for the Marvell
Switchdev solution and requires special firmware.
The core Prestera switching logic is implemented in prestera_main.c,
there is an intermediate hw layer between core logic and firmware. It is
implemented in prestera_hw.c, the purpose of it is to encapsulate hw
related logic, in future there is a plan to support more devices with
different HW related configurations.
This patch contains only basic switch initialization and RX/TX support
over SDMA mechanism.
Currently supported devices have DMA access range <= 32bit and require
ZONE_DMA to be enabled, for such cases SDMA driver checks if the skb
allocated in proper range supported by the Prestera device.
Also meanwhile there is no TX interrupt support in current firmware
version so recycling work is scheduled on each xmit.
Port's mac address is generated from the switch base mac which may be
provided via device-tree (static one or as nvme cell), or randomly
generated. This is required by the firmware.
Co-developed-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Pshyk <serhiy.pshyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Pshyk <serhiy.pshyk@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Taras Chornyi <taras.chornyi@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Taras Chornyi <taras.chornyi@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <volodymyr.mytnyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <volodymyr.mytnyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the memory leak in mps during module unload
path by freeing mps reference entries if the list
adpter->mps_ref is not already empty
Fixes: 28b3870578 ("cxgb4: Re-work the logic for mps refcounting")
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use napi_consume_skb() to batch consuming skb when cleaning
tx desc in NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
writel() can be used to order I/O vs memory by default when
writing portable drivers. Use writel() to replace wmb() +
writel_relaxed(), and writel() is dma_wmb() + writel_relaxed()
for ARM64, so there is an optimization here because dma_wmb()
is a lighter barrier than wmb().
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently HNS3_RING_RX_RING_FBDNUM_REG register is read to determine
how many rx desc can be cleaned. To avoid the register read operation
in the critical data path, use the valid bit in the rx desc to determine
if a specific rx desc can be cleaned.
The hns3 driver clear valid bit in the rx desc before notifying the
rx desc to the hw, and hw will only set the valid bit of the rx desc
after corresponding buffer is filled with packet data and other field
in the rx desc is set accordingly.
Add hns3_rx_ring_move_fw() function to clear the valid bit in the rx
desc before moving rx ring's next_to_clean forward to avoid double
cleaning a rx desc, also add a dma_rmb() barrier in hns3_handle_rx_bd()
to make sure valid bit is set before reading other field in the rx desc.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently HNS3_RING_TX_RING_HEAD_REG register is read to determine
how many tx desc can be cleaned. To avoid the register read operation
in the critical data path, use the valid bit in the tx desc to determine
if a specific tx desc can be cleaned.
The hns3 driver sets valid bit in the tx desc before ringing a doorbell
to the hw, and hw will only clear the valid bit of the tx desc after
corresponding packet is sent out to the wire. And because next_to_use
for tx ring is a changing variable when the driver is filling the tx
desc, so reuse the pull_len for rx ring to record the tx desc that has
notified to the hw, so that hns3_nic_reclaim_desc() can decide how many
tx desc's valid bit need checking when reclaiming tx desc.
And io_err_cnt stat is also removed for it is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netdev_xmit_more() to defer the tx doorbell operation when
the skb is passed to the driver continuously. By doing this we
can improve the overall xmit performance by avoid some doorbell
operations.
Also, the tx_err_cnt stat is not used, so rename it to tx_more
stat.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Batch the page reference count updates instead of doing them
one at a time. By doing this we can improve the overall receive
performance by avoid some atomic increment operations when the
rx page is reused.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Combine two same enums to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Aharon Landau <aharonl@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
The functions mlx5_query_port_link_width_oper and
mlx5_query_port_ib_proto_oper are always called together, so combine them
to a new function called mlx5_query_port_oper to avoid duplication.
And while the mlx5i_get_port_settings is the same as
mlx5_query_port_oper therefore let's remove it.
According to the IB spec link_width_oper and ib_proto_oper should be u16
and not as written u8, so perform casting as a preparation to cross-RDMA
patch which will fix that type for all drivers in the RDMA subsystem.
Fixes: ada68c31ba ("net/mlx5: Introduce a new header file for physical port functions")
Signed-off-by: Aharon Landau <aharonl@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Use DEFINE_SEQ_ATTRIBUTE macro to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Liu Shixin <liushixin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the dim library to manage dynamic interrupt
moderation in ionic.
v3: rebase
v2: untangled declarations in ionic_dim_work()
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add support to --show-ring & --set-ring Ethtool functions:
- Adding min, max, power of two check to new ring parameter's value.
- Bring down the network interface before changing the value of ring
parameters.
- Bring up the network interface after changing the value of ring
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Song, Yoong Siang <yoong.siang.song@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Traffic mirroring modes that are in-chip implemented on egress need an
internal buffer to work. As the only client, the SPAN module was managing
the buffer so far. However logically it belongs to the buffers module. E.g.
buffer size validation needs to take the size of the internal buffer into
account.
Therefore move the related code from SPAN to spectrum_buffers. Move over
the callbacks that determine the minimum buffer size as a function of
maximum speed and MTU. Add a field describing the internal buffer to struct
mlxsw_sp_hdroom. Extend mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_sizes() to take care of
sizing the internal buffer as well. Change the SPAN module to invoke that
function and mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure() like all the other hdroom clients.
Drop the now-unnecessary mlxsw_sp_span_port_buffer_disable().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the internal buffer is currently calculated in the SPAN module.
Logically it belongs to the spectrum_buffers module, where it should be
moved. However, that being a chip-specific operation, it needs dynamic
dispatch. There currently is a chip-specific structure for description of
shared buffer values, struct mlxsw_sp_sb_vals. However placing ops into
this structure would be confusing. Therefore introduce a new per-chip
structure, currently empty, and initialize the ops pointer as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_init() configures both priomap and buffers
by hand. Additionally, for port buffers, it configures buffer 0 with a size
that it will never again have if PFC configuration is touched.
Rewrite the init code to become a client of the new hdroom code. The only
difference in invocation is that the configuration is forced, so that it is
issued even if the desired configuration happens to match what is contained
in (hitherto not initialized with meaningful values) mlxsw_sp_port->hdroom.
Since now mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_init() initializes all the PG buffers to
meaningful values, mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers() can avoid querying
the current configuration, and can fill the whole PBMC itself.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is now only used from the buffers module, and is a trivial
field reference. Just inline it and drop the related artifacts.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move all the headroom code to the spectrum_buffers module, where it
belongs.
Rename mlxsw_sp_pg_buf_threshold_get() and mlxsw_sp_pg_buf_pack() to
..._hdroom_... to match the naming convention of the new headroom code.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ETS handler performs the headroom configuration in three steps: first
it resizes the buffers and adds any new ones. Then it redirects priorities
to the new buffers. And finally it sets the size of the now-unused buffers
to zero. This way no packet drops are introduced.
This sort of careful approach will also be useful for configuring port
buffer sizes and priority map by hand, through dcbnl_setbuffer. Therefore
move the code from the DCB handler to the generic headroom function.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new hdroom code has certain conventions: iteration over priorities is
done through a variable named `prio', configuration is not pushed unless it
is dirty, but a `force' flag can be used to override this, updated
configuration is written to port. Convert the function
mlxsw_sp_port_pg_prio_map() to use these conventions and rename
appropriately to fit in.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ETS handler performs the headroom configuration in three steps: first
it resizes the buffers and adds any new ones. Then it redirects priorities
to the new buffers. And finally it sets the size of the now-unused buffers
to zero. This way no packet drops are introduced.
Both of the buffer size configuration operations are simply buffer size
configurations, there is no material difference between setting buffers to
zero and any other value. Therefore simply invoke the same
mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure(), and drop mlxsw_sp_port_pg_destroy() and
mlxsw_sp_ets_has_pg() which are now unused.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to three functions.
mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_sizes() changes the sizes of the individual PG
buffers, and mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers() will actually apply the
configuration. A third function, mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_fit(), verifies that
the requested buffer configuration matches total headroom size
requirements.
Add wrappers, mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure() and __..., that will eventually
perform full headroom configuration, but for now, only have them verify the
configured headroom size, and invoke mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers().
Have them take the `force` argument to prepare for a later patch, even
though it is currently unused.
Note that the loop in mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers() only goes through
DCBX_MAX_BUFFERS. Since there is no logic to configure the control buffer,
it needs to keep the values queried from the FW. Eventually this function
should configure all the PGs.
Note that conversion of __mlxsw_sp_dcbnl_ieee_setets() is not trivial. That
function performs the headroom configuration in three steps: first it
resizes the buffers and adds any new ones. Then it redirects priorities to
the new buffers. And finally it sets the size of the now-unused buffers to
zero. This way no packet drops are introduced.
So after invoking mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_sizes(), tweak the
configuration to keep the old sizes of PG buffers for those buffers whose
size was set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, port buffers were always autoconfigured. When dcbnl_setbuffer
callback is implemented, it will allow the user to change the buffer size
configuration by hand. The sizes therefore need to be a configuration
parameter, not always deduced, and therefore belong to struct
mlxsw_sp_hdroom, where the configuration routine should take them from.
Update mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to update these sizes. Have the
function update the sizes even for the case that a given buffer is not
used.
Additionally, change the loop iteration end to DCBX_MAX_BUFFERS instead of
IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS. The value is the same, but the semantics differ.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Client-side configuration has lossiness as an attribute of a priority.
Therefore add a "lossy" attribute to struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom_prio.
To a Spectrum ASIC, lossiness is a feature of a port buffer. Therefore add
struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom_buf, which in the following patches will get more
attributes, but right now only use it to track port buffer lossiness.
Instead of passing around the primary indicators of PFC and pause_en, add a
function mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_lossiness() to compute the buffer
lossiness from the priority map and priority lossiness. Change
mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to take the buffer lossy flag from the
headroom configuration. Have the PFC and pause handlers configure priority
lossiness in mlxsw_sp_hdroom, from where it will propagate.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mapping from priorities to buffers determines which buffers should be
configured. Lossiness of these priorities combined with the mapping
determines whether a given buffer should be lossy.
Currently this configuration is stored implicitly in DCB ETS, PFC and
ethtool PAUSE configuration. Keeping it together with the rest of the
headroom configuration and deriving it as needed from PFC / ETS / PAUSE
will make things clearer. To that end, add a field "prios" to struct
mlxsw_sp_hdroom.
Previously, __mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() took prio_tc as an argument, and
assumed that the same mapping as we use on the egress should be used on
ingress as well. Instead, track this configuration at each priority, so
that it can be adjusted flexibly.
In the following patches, as dcbnl_setbuffer is implemented, it will need
to store its own mapping, and it will also be sometimes necessary to revert
back to the original ETS mapping. Therefore track two buffer indices: the
one for chip configuration (buf_idx), and the source one (ets_buf_idx).
Introduce a function to configure the chip-level buffer index, and for now
have it simply copy the ETS mapping over to the chip mapping.
Update the ETS handler to project prio_tc to the ets_buf_idx and invoke the
buf_idx recomputation.
Now that there is a canonical place to look for this configuration,
mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() does not need to invent def_prio_tc to use if
DCB is compiled out.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTU influences sizes of auto-allocated buffers. Make it a part of port
buffer configuration and have __mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() take it from
there, instead of as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a priority is marked as lossless using DCB PFC, or when pause frames
are enabled on a port, mlxsw adds to port buffers an extra space to cover
the traffic that will arrive between the time that a pause or PFC frame is
emitted, and the time traffic actually stops. This is called the delay. The
concept is the same in PFC and pause, however the way the extra buffer
space is calculated differs.
In this patch, unify this handling. Delay is to be measured in bytes of
extra space, and will not include MTU. PFC handler sets the delay directly
from the parameter it gets through the DCB interface.
To convert pause handler, move MLXSW_SP_PAUSE_DELAY to ethtool module,
convert to bytes, and reduce it by maximum MTU, and divide by two. Then it
has the same meaning as the delay_bytes set by the PFC handler.
Keep the delay_bytes value in struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom introduced in the
previous patch. Change PFC and pause handlers to store the new delay value
there and have __mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() take it from there.
Instead of mlxsw_sp_pfc_delay_get() and mlxsw_sp_pg_buf_delay_get(),
introduce mlxsw_sp_hdroom_buf_delay_get() to calculate the delay provision.
Drop the unnecessary MLXSW_SP_CELL_FACTOR, and instead add an explanatory
comment describing the formula used.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port headroom handling is currently strewn across several modules and
tricky to follow: MTU, DCB PFC, DCB ETS and ethtool pause all influence the
settings, and then there is the completely separate initial configuraion in
spectrum_buffers. A following patch will implement the dcbnl_setbuffer
callback, which is going to further complicate the landscape.
In order to simplify work with port buffers, the following patches are
going to centralize all port-buffer handling in spectrum_buffers. As a
first step, introduce a (currently empty) struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom that will
keep the configuration parameters, and allocate and free it in appropriate
places.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Eli adds support for TC trap action.
2) Eran, minor improvements to clock.c code structure
3) Better handling of error reporting in LAG from Jianbo
4) IPv6 traffic class (DSCP) header rewrite support from Maor
5) Ofer Levi adds support for CQE compression of multi-strides packets
6) Vu, Enables use of vport meta data by default.
7) Some minor code cleanup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9hDykACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6qAQgAn4HWJp7Bu7S7okRbv1bg+uj7mQgU1oEU7P1xzpx2gfZcD0ejjwoxGV/8
iK/FC2KQeuBKqIkLPnQC1o4CH8Fk9kr2HuhmX46Gkn07ohyObf6w8fFVrGv/5QrB
fWUWhu+TQJNA/qnMlCfQ5t5Jt+XYL0m7VdfhCHE3R5rmpcZ2PHhxmvoG/NlBLUUK
kjggjtjX6Vv1CRit0w08FJwsJbqHy3wqpciX4Xc+wZp9A+D5VAyVtXP6ngaDIsAA
RcUzGyH8x4gphnplySkvj/LXboaqiMtd8sPeXCOax2HlYarFAAnNG//7fwhfYIHe
c/509buvfjSFsIwQYRem7d/abkU5Rw==
=4r5e
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-09-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-09-15
Various updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Eli adds support for TC trap action.
2) Eran, minor improvements to clock.c code structure
3) Better handling of error reporting in LAG from Jianbo
4) IPv6 traffic class (DSCP) header rewrite support from Maor
5) Ofer Levi adds support for CQE compression of multi-strides packets
6) Vu, Enables use of vport meta data by default.
7) Some minor code cleanup
====================
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All files related to this driver contain the following notice:
See LICENSE.qla3xxx for copyright and licensing details.
LICENSE.qla3xxx can be found in
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/. The file contains:
- A copyright notice
This copyright notice is redundant as all files contain the same
copyright notice already
- A license notice
You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the GNU
General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit
A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2 or a later
version).
This can be replaced with the corresponding SPDX license identifier
(GPL-2.0-or-later) in the source files which reference this license
file.
- A license for the device firmware
This license is pointless in the context of the kernel as the firmware
is not distributed as part of the kernel.
LICENSE.qla2xxx contained exactly the same firmware license which was
removed with commit bc3f957c06 ("[SCSI] qla2xxx: Update
LICENSE.qla2xxx.").
The firmware license is there due to the fact that the out of tree
driver tarball which was available from the qlogic website contained
the firmware binary. The firmware license in the qla3xxx license file
got probably forgotten when the other qlogic license files were
updated.
Remove the notices and add the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-or-later to
the source files.
Finally remove the now redundant LICENSE.qla3xxx file.
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Bulwahn <lukas.bulwahn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
All files in this driver directory contain the following notice:
See LICENSE.qlcnic for copyright and licensing details.
LICENSE.qlacnic can be found in
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/. The file contains:
- A copyright notice
This copyright notice is redundant as all files contain the same
copyright notice already
- A license notice
You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as
Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2).
This can be replaced with the corresponding SPDX license identifier
(GPL-2.0-only) in the source files which reference this license
file.
- The full GPLv2 license text
A redundant copy of LICENSES/preferred/GPL-2.0
Remove the notices and add the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-only to the
source files.
Finally remove the now redundant LICENSE.qlcnic file.
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Acked-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Bulwahn <lukas.bulwahn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
To support modifying the used_maps array, we use a mutex to protect
the use of the counter and the array. The mutex is initialized right
after the prog aux is allocated, and destroyed right before prog
aux is freed. This way we guarantee it's initialized for both cBPF
and eBPF.
Signed-off-by: YiFei Zhu <zhuyifei@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Cc: YiFei Zhu <zhuyifei1999@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200915234543.3220146-2-sdf@google.com
As CHELSIO_INLINE_CRYPTO is bool, and CHELSIO_T4 is tristate, the
dependency of CHELSIO_INLINE_CRYPTO on CHELSIO_T4 is not sufficient to
protect CRYPTO_DEV_CHELSIO_TLS and CHELSIO_IPSEC_INLINE. The latter two
are also tristate, hence if CHELSIO_T4=n, they cannot be builtin, as
that would lead to link failures like:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/inline_crypto/chtls/chtls_main.c:259: undefined reference to `cxgb4_port_viid'
and
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/inline_crypto/ch_ipsec/chcr_ipsec.c:752: undefined reference to `cxgb4_reclaim_completed_tx'
Fix this by re-adding dependencies on CHELSIO_T4 to tristate symbols.
The dependency of CHELSIO_INLINE_CRYPTO on CHELSIO_T4 is kept to avoid
asking the user.
Fixes: 6bd860ac1c ("chelsio/chtls: CHELSIO_INLINE_CRYPTO should depend on CHELSIO_T4")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink health reporter to report FW fatal events. Implement
the event listener using MFDE trap and enable the events to be
propagated using MFGD register configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce MFGD register that is used to configure firmware debugging.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce MFDE register that is passed through MFDE trap in case of
fatal FW event.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the fw flashing code was moved to core.c, move the param which is
related to it there as well. Remove unnecessary parentheses on the way.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the code calling params register/unregister driver ops into
separate functions. Call publish/unpublish unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the firmware flashing is not specific to Spectrum, move the code to
core.c and avoid one op call and 2 exported symbols. Also, this allows
to do flash before call of driver->init function and possibly do other
core calls in between.
Do some small renaming here and there on the way to be consistent with
the rest of core.c code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Among other changes, this version supports FW monitoring.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation of stmmac_stop_all_queues() and
stmmac_start_all_queues() will not work correctly when the value of
tx_queues_to_use is changed through ethtool -L DEVNAME rx N tx M command.
Also, netif_tx_start|stop_all_queues() are only needed in driver open()
and close() only.
Fixes: c22a3f48 net: stmmac: adding multiple napi mechanism
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_set_real_num_tx_queues() & netif_set_real_num_rx_queues() should be
used to inform network stack about the real Tx & Rx queue (active) number
in both stmmac_open() and stmmac_resume(), therefore, we move the code
from stmmac_dvr_probe() to stmmac_hw_setup().
Fixes: c02b7a9145 net: stmmac: use netif_set_real_num_{rx,tx}_queues
Signed-off-by: Aashish Verma <aashishx.verma@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Restructure NAPI add and delete process so that we can call them
accordingly in open() and ethtool_set_channels() accordingly.
Introduced stmmac_reinit_queues() to handle the transition needed
for changing Rx & Tx channels accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check if the pause stats are reported by HW by checking the bitmap.
Calculation is based on the order of strings in main_strings from
ethtool -S. Hopefully the semantics of these stats match the standard..
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Plumb through all the indirection and copy some code from
ethtool -S. The names of the group indicate that these are
the stats we are after (and Saeed confirms it).
v3:
- fix build in mlx5_rep
v2:
- drop the ethool helper and call stats directly
- don't pass 0 as initialized to in buffer
- use local buffer
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report standard pause frame stats. They are already aggregated
in struct ixgbe_hw_stats.
The combination of the registers is suggested as equivalent to
PAUSEMACCtrlFramesTransmitted / PAUSEMACCtrlFramesReceived
by the Intel 82576EB datasheet, I could not find any information
in the HW actually supported by ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These stats are already reported in ethtool -S.
Michael confirms they are equivalent to standard stats.
v2: - fix sparse warning about endian by using the macro
- use u64 for pointer type
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add CQE compression support for completions of packets that span
multiple strides in a Striding RQ, per the HW capability.
In our memory model, we use small strides (256B as of today) for the
non-linear SKB mode. This feature allows CQE compression to work also
for multiple strides packets. In this case decompressing the mini CQE
array will use stride index provided by HW as part of the mini CQE.
Before this feature, compression was possible only for single-strided
packets, i.e. for packets of size up to 256 bytes when in non-linear
mode, and the index was maintained by SW.
This feature is supported for ConnectX-5 and above.
Feature performance test:
This was whitebox-tested, we reduced the PCI speed from 125Gb/s to
62.5Gb/s to overload pci and manipulated mlx5 driver to drop incoming
packets before building the SKB to achieve low cpu utilization.
Outcome is low cpu utilization and bottleneck on pci only.
Test setup:
Server: Intel(R) Xeon(R) Silver 4108 CPU @ 1.80GHz server, 32 cores
NIC: ConnectX-6 DX.
Sender side generates 300 byte packets at full pci bandwidth.
Receiver side configuration:
Single channel, one cpu processing with one ring allocated. Cpu utilization
is ~20% while pci bandwidth is fully utilized.
For the generated traffic and interface MTU of 4500B (to activate the
non-linear SKB mode), packet rate improvement is about 19% from ~17.6Mpps
to ~21Mpps.
Without this feature, counters show no CQE compression blocks for
this setup, while with the feature, counters show ~20.7Mpps compressed CQEs
in ~500K compression blocks.
Signed-off-by: Ofer Levi <oferle@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Add support for rewriting of IPV6 DSCP part of traffic class field.
Next commands, for example, can be used to offload rewrite action:
OVS:
$ ovs-ofctl add-flow ovs-sriov "tcpv6, in_port=REP, \
actions=mod_nw_tos:68, output:NIC"
iproute2:
$ tc filter add dev REP ingress protocol ipv6 prio 1 flower skip_sw \
ip_proto tcp \
action pedit ex munge ip6 traffic_class set 68 retain 0xfc pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev NIC
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Support tc trap such that packets can explicitly be forwarded to slow
path if they match a specific rule.
In the example below, we want packets with src IP equals 7.7.7.8 to be
forwarded to software, in which case it will get to the appropriate
representor net device.
$ tc filter add dev eth1 protocol ip prio 1 root flower skip_sw \
src_ip 7.7.7.8 action trap
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Multiple features use metadata matching such as bond vport
in live migration, multi-port RoCE mode, stacked devices;
hence, enable vport metadata matching by default.
Fixes: 1e62e222db ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport metadata matching only when mandatory")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
In merged eswitch configuration, peer miss rule is setup for all
vports. If metadata is enabled, peer miss rule with metadata matching
will be configured instead of source port matching; however, some
vports that have not yet been enabled don't have default_metadata
setup and their default_metadata will be zero.
Hence, setup/cleanup default metadata for all vports when eswitch moves
in/out of offloads mode.
Fixes: 133dcfc577 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Alloc and free unique metadata for match")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Uplink vport must have a dedicated metadata with vhca_id
being part of the metadata.
Fixes: 133dcfc577 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Alloc and free unique metadata for match")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Check E-Switch capabilities and enable metadata support flag
before using it to setup other features that need metadata.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
LAG offload can't be enabled if the enslaved PF is not lag master,
which is indicated by HCA capabilities bit. It is cleared if more than
64 VFs are configured for this PF.
Previously, a data structure is created to store lag info, including
PFs to be enslaved, then a handler is registered for netdev notifier.
However, this initialization is skipped if PF is not lag master. So
PF can't handle CHANGEUPPER event from upper bond device. Even worse,
PF is enslaved silently, and LAG offload is not activated.
Fix this by registering netdev notifier for PFs which are not lag
masters. When CHANGEUPPER event is received, and both physical ports
(and only them) on the same NIC are about to be enslaved, a warning is
returned for user to know it.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
If bond tx type is not active-backup or hash, LAG offload can't be
enabled. When CHANGEUPPER event is received, and both PFs (and only
them) under the same lag master are about to be enslaved, a warning
is returned for user to know the offload failure, otherwise PFs are
enslaved silently without LAG offload activated.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Change the return value to -ENOENT, to make it more meaningful.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Before calling timecounter_cyc2time(), clock->lock must be taken.
Use mlx5_timecounter_cyc2time instead which guarantees a safe access.
Fixes: afc98a0b46 ("net/mlx5: Update ptp_clock_event foreach PPS event")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Holding the clock lock is not required when scheduling a PPS work.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Clock struct is part of struct mlx5_core_dev. Code was inconsistent, on
some cases used container_of and on another used clock->mdev.
Align code to use container_of amd remove clock->mdev pointer.
While here, fix reverse xmas tree coding style.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
This isn't a fall through because it was after a return statement. The
fall through annotation leads to a Smatch warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_ethtool.c:246
mlx5e_ethtool_get_sset_count() warn: ignoring unreachable code.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Add variable initialization to eliminate the warning
"variable may be used uninitialized".
Fixes: 5f29458b77 ("net/mlx5e: Support dump callback in TX reporter")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Tal <moshet@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Clean and rebuild the debugfs info for the queues being swapped.
Fixes: a34e25ab97 ("ionic: change the descriptor ring length without full reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi_schedule() call will only schedule the NAPI if it is not
already running. To make sure that we do not deactivate interrupts
without scheduling NAPI only deactivate the interrupts in case NAPI also
gets scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use napi_complete_done() and activate the interrupts when this function
returns true. This way the generic NAPI code can take care of activating
the interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_tx_napi_add() should be used for NAPI in the TX direction instead
of the netif_napi_add() function.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to netif_wake_queue() when the TX descriptors were freed was
missing. When there are no TX buffers available the TX queue will be
stopped, but it was not started again when they are available again,
this is fixed in this patch.
Fixes: fe1a56420c ("net: lantiq: Add Lantiq / Intel VRX200 Ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBIB register configures the size of an internal buffer that the
Spectrum ASICs use when mirroring traffic on egress. This size should be
taken into account when validating that the port headroom buffers are not
larger than the chip can handle. Up until now this was not done, which is
incidentally not a problem, because the priority group buffers that mlxsw
auto-configures are small enough that the boundary condition could not be
violated.
However when dcbnl_setbuffer is implemented, the user has control over
sizes of PG buffers, and they might overshoot the headroom capacity.
However the size of the SBIB buffer depends on port speed, and that cannot
be vetoed. Therefore SBIB size should be deduced from maximum port speed.
Additionally, once the buffers are configured by hand, the user could get
into an uncomfortable situation where their MTU change requests get vetoed,
because the SBIB does not fit anymore. Therefore derive SBIB size from
maximum permissible MTU as well.
Remove all the code that adjusted the SBIB size whenever speed or MTU
changed.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum port speed depends on link modes supported by the port, and for
Ethernet ports is constant. The maximum speed will be handy when setting
SBIB, the internal buffer used for traffic mirroring. Therefore, keep it in
struct mlxsw_sp_port for easy access.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum port MTU depends on port type. On Spectrum, mlxsw configures
all ports as Ethernet ports, and the maximum MTU therefore never changes.
Besides checking MTU configuration, maximum MTU will also be handy when
setting SBIB, the internal buffer used for traffic mirroring. Therefore,
keep it in struct mlxsw_sp_port for easy access.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBIB register configures the size of an internal buffer that the
Spectrum ASICs use when mirroring traffic on egress. This size should be
taken into account when validating that the port headroom buffers are not
larger than the chip can handle. Up until now this was not done, which is
incidentally not a problem, because the priority group buffers that mlxsw
auto-configures are small enough that the boundary condition could not be
violated.
When dcbnl_setbuffer is implemented, the user gets control over sizes of PG
buffers, and they might overshoot the headroom capacity. However the size
of the SBIB buffer depends on port speed, which cannot be vetoed. There is
obviously no way to retroactively push back on requests for overlarge PG
buffers, or reject an overlarge MTU, or cancel losslessness of a certain
PG.
Therefore, instead of taking into account the current speed when
calculating SBIB buffer size, take into account the maximum speed that a
port with given Ethernet protocol capabilities can have.
To that end, add a new ethtool callback, ptys_max_speed, which determines
this maximum speed.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow reusing the logic, extract from
mlxsw_sp_port_get_link_ksettings() the code to obtain Ethernet protocol
attributes, mlxsw_sp_port_ptys_query().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-09-14
This series contains updates to i40e driver only.
Li RongQing removes binding affinity mask to a fixed CPU and sets
prefetch of Rx buffer page to occur conditionally.
Björn provides AF_XDP performance improvements by not prefetching HW
descriptors, using 16 byte descriptors, and moving buffer allocation
out of Rx processing loop.
v2: Define prefetch_page_address in a common header for patch 2.
Dropped, previous, patch 5 as it is being reworked to be more
generalized.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL and NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM features
to support vxlan segmentation and checksum offload. Ipip and ipv6
tunnel packets are regarded as non-tunnel pkt for hw and as for other
type of tunnel pkts, checksum offload is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c:661:6: warning:
variable 'val' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
661 | u32 val;
| ^~~
After commit 7f9664525f ("qlcnic: 83xx memory map and HW access
routines"), variable 'val' is never used in qlcnic_83xx_cam_unlock(), so
removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/pxa168_eth.c:1190:6: warning:
variable 'retval' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1190 | int retval;
| ^~~~~~
Function pxa168_eth_change_mtu() always return zero, so variable 'retval'
is redundant, just remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_ptp.c:523:6: warning:
variable 'ns' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
523 | u64 ns;
| ^~
After commit 6605b730c0 ("FEC: Add time stamping code and a PTP
hardware clock"), variable 'ns' is never used in fec_time_keep(),
so removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/dnet.c:510:6: warning:
variable 'tx_status' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
u32 tx_status, irq_enable;
^~~~~~~~~
After commit 4796417417 ("dnet: Dave DNET ethernet controller driver
(updated)"), variable 'tx_status' is never used in dnet_start_xmit(),
so removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking in each iteration of the Rx packet processing
loop, move the allocation out of the loop and do it once for each napi
activation.
For AF_XDP the rx_drop benchmark was improved by 6%.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The i40e NIC supports two flavors of HW descriptors, 16 and 32
byte. The latter has, obviously, room for more offloading
information. However, the only fields of the 32B HW descriptor that is
being used by the driver, is also available in the 16B descriptor.
In other words; Reading and writing 32 bytes instead of 16 byte is a
waste of bus bandwidth.
This commit starts using 16 byte descriptors instead of 32 byte
descriptors.
For AF_XDP the rx_drop benchmark was improved by 2%.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The software prefetching of HW descriptors has a negative impact on
the performance. Therefore, it is now removed.
Performance for the rx_drop benchmark increased with 2%.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
refcount of rx_buffer page will be added here originally, so prefetchw
is needed, but after commit 1793668c3b ("i40e/i40evf: Update code to
better handle incrementing page count"), and refcount is not added
every time, so change prefetchw as prefetch.
Now it mainly services page_address(), but which accesses struct page
only when WANT_PAGE_VIRTUAL or HASHED_PAGE_VIRTUAL is defined otherwise
it returns address based on offset, so we prefetch it conditionally.
Jakub suggested to define prefetch_page_address in a common header.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After commit 759dc4a7e6 ("i40e: initialize our affinity_mask
based on cpu_possible_mask"), NAPI IRQ affinity_mask is bind to
all possible CPUs, not a fixed CPU
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Richard Cochran points out that SKBTX_IN_PROGRESS should be set when
the skbuff is queued for timestamping. Add this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'w89c840_open()' is incorrectly reported in a debug message. Use __func__
instead.
While at it, fix some style issue in the same function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We found a set but not used variable 'ring_cons' in mlx4_en_xmit(), it will
cause a warning when build the kernel. And after checking the commit record
of this function, we found that it was introduced by a previous patch.
So, We delete this redundant assignment code.
Fixes: 488a9b48e3 ("net/mlx4_en: Wake TX queues only when there's enough room")
Signed-off-by: Luo Jiaxing <luojiaxing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than doing request_irq and then disabling the irq immediately, it
should be safer to use IRQ_NOAUTOEN flag for the irq. It removes any gap
between request_irq() and disable_irq().
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missed suspend/resume callbacks to properly restore networking after
suspend/resume cycle.
Fixes: ed3525eda4 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce cpsw switchdev based driver part 1 - dual-emac")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TI J721E (CPSW9g) ALE version is similar, in general, to Sitara AM3/4/5
CPSW ALE, but has more extended functions and different ALE VLAN entry
format.
This patch adds support for for multi port TI J721E (CPSW9g) ALE variant.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ALE VLAN entries are too much differ between different TI CPSW ALE
versions. So, handling them using flags, defines and get/set functions
became over-complicated.
This patch introduces tables to describe the ALE VLAN entries fields, which
are different between TI CPSW ALE versions, and new get/set access
functions. It also allows to detect incorrect access to not available ALL
entry fields.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AM65x ALE supports HW auto-ageing which can be enabled by programming
ageing interval in ALE_AGING_TIMER register. For this CPSW fck_clk
frequency has to be know by ALE.
This patch extends cpsw_ale_params with bus_freq field and enables ALE HW
auto ageing for AM65x CPSW2G ALE version.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hence all existing driver updated to use ALE dev_id the usage of ale dev_id
can be made mandatory and cpsw_ale_create() can be updated to use
"features" property from ALE static configuration.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch has introduced possibility to select CPSW ALE by using
ALE dev_id identifier. Switch TI TI AM65x/J721E CPSW NUSS driver to use
dev_id.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch has introduced possibility to select CPSW ALE by using
ALE dev_id identifier. Switch TI Keystone 2 NETCP driver to use dev_id and
perform clean up by removing "ale_entries" configuration code.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch has introduced possibility to select CPSW ALE by using
ALE dev_id identifier. Switch TI cpsw driver to use dev_id="cpsw" and
perform clean up by removing "ale_entries" configuration code.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As existing, as newly introduced CPSW ALE versions have differences in
supported features and ALE table formats. Especially it's actual for the
recent AM65x/J721E/J7200 SoC and feature AM64x, which supports features
like: auto-aging, classifiers, Link aggregation, additional hw filtering,
etc.
Existing ALE configuration interface is not practical in terms of adding
new features and requires consumers to program a lot static parameters. Any
attempt to add new options will case endless adding and maintaining
different combination of flags and options.
Hence CPSW ALE configuration is static and fixed for SoC (or set of SoC) It
is reasonable to add support for static ALE configurations inside ALE
module. This patch adds static ALE configuration table for different ALE
versions and provides option for consumers to select required ALE
configuration by providing ALE const char *dev_id identifier.
This feature is not enabled by default until existing CPSW drivers will be
modified by follow up patches.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cpsw_ale_get_num_entries() API to return number of ALE table entries
and update existing drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves complete nic tls offload (kTLS) code from crypto
directory to drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/inline_crypto/ch_ktls
directory. nic TLS is made a separate ULD of cxgb4.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling hinic_close in hinic_set_channels, all queues are
stopped after netif_tx_disable, but some queue may be rewaken in
free_tx_poll by mistake while drv is handling tx irq. If one queue
is rewaken core may call hinic_xmit_frame to send pkt after
netif_tx_disable within a short time which may results in accessing
memory that has been already freed in hinic_close. So we call
napi_disable before netif_tx_disable in hinic_close to fix this bug.
Fixes: 2eed5a8b61 ("hinic: add set_channels ethtool_ops support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-09-09
This series contains updates to i40e and igc drivers.
Stefan Assmann changes num_vlans to u16 to fix may be used uninitialized
error and propagates error in i40_set_vsi_promisc() for i40e.
Vinicius corrects timestamping latency values for i225 devices and
accounts for TX timestamping delay for igc.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Necessitates an .ndo_features_check, as the EF10 datapath has several
limitations on what it can handle.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From the 8000 series onwards, EF10 NICs with suitable firmware are able
to perform TSO within VXLAN or NVGRE encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the tx_queue->handle_tso function pointer, and just use
tx_queue->tso_version to decide which function to call, thus removing
an indirect call from the fast path.
Instead of passing a tso_v2 flag to efx_mcdi_tx_init(), set the desired
tx_queue->tso_version before calling it.
In efx_mcdi_tx_init(), report back failure to obtain a TSOv2 context by
setting tx_queue->tso_version to 0, which will cause the TX path to
use the GSO-based fallback.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Won't actually be exercised until we start advertising the corresponding
offload features.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the MC reports the VXLAN_NVGRE datapath capability, then these queues
can be used for checksum offload of encapsulated packets.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing yet creates inner csum TXQs; just change all references to
EFX_TXQ_TYPE_OFFLOAD to the new EFX_TXQ_TYPE_OUTER_CSUM.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it possible to have an arbitrary mapping from types to labels,
because when we add inner-csum-offload TXQs there will no longer be a
convenient nesting hierarchy of NIC types (EF10 will have inner-csum
TXQs, while Siena will have HIGHPRI).
Correct a misleading comment on efx_hard_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are never modified, so constify them to allow the compiler to
place them in read-only memory. This moves about 25kB to read-only
memory as seen by the output of the size command.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
296203 65464 1248 362915 589a3 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/octeontx2_af.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
321003 40664 1248 362915 589a3 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/octeontx2_af.ko
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The old_channel argument is never used, so remove it.
The function is only called from elsewhere in efx_channels.c, so make
it static and remove the declaration from the header file.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statement above it already returns, so there is no way to get here.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
efx_init_struct already calls this, we don't need to do it again.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the correct resolution for the conflict from
merging the "net" tree fix:
commit 26cb7085c8 ("enetc: Remove the mdio bus on PF probe bailout")
with the "net-next" new work:
commit 07095c025a ("net: enetc: Use DT protocol information to set up the ports")
that moved mdio bus allocation to an ealier stage of
the PF probing routine.
Fixes: a57066b1a0 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flow control support. The functionality was tested on AR9331 SoC and
confirmed by iperf3 results and HW counters exported over ethtool.
Following test configurations was used:
iMX6S receiver <--- TL-SG1005D switch <---- AR9331 sender
The switch is supporting symmytric flow control:
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
--->> Link partner advertised pause frame use: Symmetric
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 100Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Auto-negotiation: on
Port: MII
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: external
Link detected: yes
The iMX6S system was configured to 10Mbit, to let the switch use flow
control:
- ethtool -s eth0 speed 10
With flow control disabled on AR9331:
- ethtool -A eth0 rx off tx off
- iperf3 -u -c 172.17.0.1 -b100M -l1472 -t10
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Jitter Lost/Total Datagrams
[ 5] 0.00-10.00 sec 66.2 MBytes 55.5 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms 0/47155 (0%) sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 11.5 MBytes 9.57 Mbits/sec 1.309 ms 38986/47146 (83%) receiver
With flow control enabled on AR9331:
- ethtool -A eth0 rx on tx on
- iperf3 -u -c 172.17.0.1 -b100M -l1472 -t10
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Jitter Lost/Total Datagrams
[ 5] 0.00-10.00 sec 15.1 MBytes 12.6 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms 0/10727 (0%) sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.05 sec 11.5 MBytes 9.57 Mbits/sec 1.371 ms 2525/10689 (24%) receiver
Similar results are get in opposite direction by introducing extra CPU
load on AR9331:
- chrt 40 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/null &
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic ethtool support. The functionality was tested on AR9331 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We found the following warning when using W=1 to build kernel:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_main.c:3634:6: warning: variable ‘ret’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int ret, coe = priv->hw->rx_csum;
When digging stmmac_get_rx_header_len(), dwmac4_get_rx_header_len() and
dwxgmac2_get_rx_header_len() return 0 only, without any error code to
report. Therefore, it's better to define get_rx_header_len() as void.
Signed-off-by: Luo Jiaxing <luojiaxing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows the driver to report the device link speed
when the ethtool command:
ethtool <nic name>
is run.
Getting the link speed is done via a new admin queue command:
ReportLinkSpeed.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes the driver better aware of the connectivity status of the
device. Based on the device's status register, the driver can call
netif_carrier_{on,off}.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Patricio Noyola <patricion@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for batching AQ commands and uses it for creating and
destroying queues.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Sagi Shahar <sagis@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds per queue NIC stats to ethtool stats and to report-stats.
These stats are always exposed to guest whether or not the
report-stats flag is turned on.
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds functionality to report driver stats to Hypervisor.
(Users may want to turn this feature off as a matter of privacy
so a "report-stats" flag is added as an ethtool priv option.
It is also disabled by default.)
The hypervisor would trigger a stats report in case "too many"
packets dropped; the stats would be useful in debugging stuck
queues.
A "stats_report_trigger_cnt" stat is added to count the number of times
the hypervisor attempts to trigger stats report.
A timer is also added so that when report-stats is enabled, stat are
updated once every 20 seconds.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuo Zhao <kuozhao@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the driver to use dev_info/err instead of netif_info/err.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <csully@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for getting and setting the RX copybreak
value via ethtool.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuo Zhao <kuozhao@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTU change on ethtool is currently not supported for iWARP. Notify qedr
driver so that appropriate logging can take place.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200902165741.8355-6-michal.kalderon@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com>
zbva is always false, so fbo is never read.
A 'zero-based-virtual-address' is simply IOVA == 0, and the driver already
supports this.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/16-v2-270386b7e60b+28f4-umem_1_jgg@nvidia.com
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com>
Fixes the following warning when using W=1 to build kernel:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function ‘smc_phy_configure’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:1039:6: warning: variable ‘status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int status;
Signed-off-by: Luo Jiaxing <luojiaxing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase Rx ring size to address issue where hardware is reaching
the receive work limit.
Before:
[ 102.223342] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
[ 102.245695] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
[ 102.251387] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
[ 102.267444] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
Signed-off-by: Lucy Yan <lucyyan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_eqs.c:115: warning: Excess function parameter 'hw_handler' description in 'hinic_aeq_register_hw_cb'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_api_cmd.c:382: warning: Excess function parameter 'size' description in 'api_cmd'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1841: warning: Excess function parameter 'netdev' description in 'hns_set_multicast_list'
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1841: warning: Excess function parameter 'p' description in 'hns_set_multicast_list'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_xgmac.c:137: warning: Excess function parameter 'drv' description in 'hns_xgmac_enable'
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_xgmac.c:497: warning: Excess function parameter 'cmd' description in 'hns_xgmac_get_regs'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename cdev to hdev.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hnae.c:444: warning: Excess function parameter 'cdev' description in 'hnae_ae_unregister'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_io.c:373: warning: Excess function parameter 'sq_msix_entry' description in 'hinic_io_create_qps'
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_io.c:373: warning: Excess function parameter 'rq_msix_entry' description in 'hinic_io_create_qps'
Rename these wrong names.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the functions mvpp2_isr_handle_xlg() and
mvpp2_isr_handle_gmac_internal(), the bool variable link is assigned a
true value in the case that a given bit of val is set. However, if the
bit is unset, no value is assigned to link and it is then passed to
mvpp2_isr_handle_link() without being initialised. Fix by assigning to
link the value of the bit test.
Build-tested on x86.
Fixes: 36cfd3a6e5 ("net: mvpp2: restructure "link status" interrupt handling")
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb3/t3_hw.c:2209: warning: Excess function parameter 'adapter' description in 'clear_sge_ctxt'
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb3/t3_hw.c:2975: warning: Excess function parameter 'adapter' description in 't3_set_proto_sram'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using XDP every ingress packet is passed to an eBPF (xdp) program
which returns an action for this packet.
This patch adds counters for the number of times each such action was
received. It also counts all the invalid actions received from the eBPF
program.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added statistics for TX queues that are used for XDP TX. The statistics
are the same as the ones printed for regular non-XDP TX queues.
The XDP queue statistics can be queried using
`ethtool -S <ifname>`
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new metrics provide granular visibility along multiple network
dimensions and enable troubleshooting and remediation of issues caused
by instances exceeding network performance allowances.
The new statistics can be queried using ethtool command.
Signed-off-by: Guy Tzalik <gtzalik@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The type of all stat fields is u64, therefore when iterating over stat
fields in a stats struct, it makes sense to use an offset in 64 bit
resolution. Doing so allows us to drop some of the casting that is
currently used when referencing stats.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release first buffer as last one since it contains references
to subsequent fragments. This code will be optimized introducing
multi-buffer bit in xdp_buff structure.
Fixes: ca0e014609 ("net: mvneta: move skb build after descriptors processing")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove mvneta_stats from mvneta_swbm_rx_frame signature since now stats
are accounted in mvneta_run_xdp routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We allow drivers to call napi_hash_del() before calling
netif_napi_del() to batch RCU grace periods. This makes
the API asymmetric and leaks internal implementation details.
Soon we will want the grace period to protect more than just
the NAPI hash table.
Restructure the API and have drivers call a new function -
__netif_napi_del() if they want to take care of RCU waits.
Note that only core was checking the return status from
napi_hash_del() so the new helper does not report if the
NAPI was actually deleted.
Some notes on driver oddness:
- veth observed the grace period before calling netif_napi_del()
but that should not matter
- myri10ge observed normal RCU flavor
- bnx2x and enic did not actually observe the grace period
(unless they did so implicitly)
- virtio_net and enic only unhashed Rx NAPIs
The last two points seem to indicate that the calls to
napi_hash_del() were a left over rather than an optimization.
Regardless, it's easy enough to correct them.
This patch may introduce extra synchronize_net() calls for
interfaces which set NAPI_STATE_NO_BUSY_POLL and depend on
free_netdev() to call netif_napi_del(). This seems inevitable
since we want to use RCU for netpoll dev->napi_list traversal,
and almost no drivers set IFF_DISABLE_NETPOLL.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even tho mlx4_core registers the devlink ports, it's mlx4_en
and mlx4_ib which set their type. In situations where one of
the two is not built yet the machine has ports of given type
we see the devlink warning from devlink_port_type_warn() trigger.
Having ports of a type not supported by the kernel may seem
surprising, but it does occur in practice - when the unsupported
port is not plugged in to a switch anyway users are more than happy
not to see it (and potentially allocate any resources to it).
Set the type in mlx4_core if type-specific driver is not built.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to easily change the rx buffer size, rely on
MVNETA_MAX_RX_BUF_SIZE instead of PAGE_SIZE in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame
routine for rx buffer split. Currently this is not an issue since we set
MVNETA_MAX_RX_BUF_SIZE to PAGE_SIZE - MVNETA_SKB_PAD but it is a good to
have to configure a different rx buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When timestamping a packet there's a delay between the start of the
packet and the point where the hardware actually captures the
timestamp. This difference needs to be considered if we want accurate
timestamps.
This was done on the RX side, but not on the TX side.
Fixes: 2c344ae245 ("igc: Add support for TX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The previous timestamping latency numbers were obtained by
interpolating the i210 numbers with the i225 crystal clock value. That
calculation was wrong.
Use the correct values from real measurements.
Fixes: 81b055205e ("igc: Add support for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The for loop in i40e_set_vsi_promisc() reports errors via dev_err() but
does not propagate the error up the call chain. Instead it continues the
loop and potentially overwrites the reported error value.
This results in the error being recorded in the log buffer, but the
caller might never know anything went the wrong way.
To avoid this situation i40e_set_vsi_promisc() needs to temporarily store
the error after reporting it. This is still not optimal as multiple
different errors may occur, so store the first error and hope that's
the main issue.
Fixes: 37d318d780 (i40e: Remove scheduling while atomic possibility)
Reported-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c: In function ‘i40e_set_vsi_promisc’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1176:14: error: ‘aq_ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
i40e_status aq_ret;
In case the code inside the if statement and the for loop does not get
executed aq_ret will be uninitialized when the variable gets returned at
the end of the function.
Avoid this by changing num_vlans from int to u16, so aq_ret always gets
set. Making this change in additional places as num_vlans should never
be negative.
Fixes: 37d318d780 ("i40e: Remove scheduling while atomic possibility")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Fix the assert during VF driver installation when the personality is iWARP
Fixes: 1fe614d10f ("qed: Relax VF firmware requirements")
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some configurations ARFS cannot be used, so disable it if device
is not capable.
Fixes: e4917d46a6 ("qede: Add aRFS support")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manishc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In CMT and NPAR the PF is unknown when the GFS block processes the
packet. Therefore cannot use searcher as it has a per PF database,
and thus ARFS must be disabled.
Fixes: d51e4af5c2 ("qed: aRFS infrastructure support")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manishc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for timestamping transmit packets. We allocate SYNC
messages to queue 1, every other message to queue 0.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for receive timestamping. When enabled, the hardware adds
a timestamp into the receive queue descriptor for all received packets
with no filtering. Hence, we can only support NONE or ALL receive
filter modes.
The timestamp in the receive queue contains two bit sof seconds and
the full nanosecond timestamp. This has to be merged with the remainder
of the seconds from the TAI clock to arrive at a full timestamp before
we can convert it to a ktime for the skb hardware timestamp field.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the TAI block in the mvpp2.2 hardware.
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the first level interrupt status registers to determine how to
further process the port interrupt. We will need this to know whether
to invoke the link status processing and/or the PTP processing for
both XLG and GMAC.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link interrupt is used for way more than just the link status; it
comes from a collection of units to do with the port. The Marvell
documentation describes the interrupt as "GOP port X interrupt".
Since we are adding PTP support, and the PTP interrupt uses this,
rename it to be more inline with the documentation.
This interrupt is also mis-named in the DT binding, but we leave that
alone.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "link status" interrupt is used for more than just link status.
Restructure mvpp2_link_status_isr() so we can add additional handling.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device.
A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers.
(1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides
This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch
instance both are located on a single system.
(2) controller located on external host system.
This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its
devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system.
When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both
controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap.
Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed.
For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has
PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0.
These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both.
Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions.
An example view of two controller systems:
---------------------------------------------------------
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| connect | | ------- ------- |
----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) |
------|--------------------------------------------------
(internal wire)
|
---------------------------------------------------------
| devlink eswitch ports and reps |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | |
| |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | |
| |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
| | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| ------- ------- |
| |
| local controller_num=0 (eswitch) |
---------------------------------------------------------
An example devlink port for external controller with controller
number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0:
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"controller": 1,
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller.
A controller either located on same system or it can be an external
controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in.
Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external
controller.
Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver.
An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to
controller 1.
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ECPF supports one external host controller. Read controller number
from the device.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ptp to ptp_info.
Fix W=1 compile warnings (invalid kerneldoc):
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:94: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_adjfine'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:141: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_adjtime'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:163: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_gettime'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:185: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_settime'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:208: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_enable'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ch_ipsec was removed without clearing xfrmdev_ops and netdev
feature(esp-hw-offload). When a recalculation of netdev feature is
triggered by changing tls feature(tls-hw-tx-offload) from user
request, it causes a page fault due to absence of valid xfrmdev_ops.
Fixes: 6dad4e8ab3 ("chcr: Add support for Inline IPSec")
Signed-off-by: Ayush Sawal <ayush.sawal@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typo/spello of "functionality".
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Jiri Kosina <trivial@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code recently moved into this file contained a number of coding style
issues, about which checkpatch and xmastree complained. Fix them.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c:4238: warning: Excess function parameter 'netdev' description in 'bnx2x_setup_tc'
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c:4238: warning: Excess function parameter 'tc' description in 'bnx2x_setup_tc'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c: In function ‘smsc911x_rx_fastforward’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c:1199:16: warning: variable ‘temp’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c: In function ‘smsc911x_eeprom_write_location’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c:2058:6: warning: variable ‘temp’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Wei Xu <xuwei5@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns3_update_promisc_mode is defined, but not be used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several macros related queue defined, but never
used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tc_num_last_time' is defined, but never used, so remove it.
Reported-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'io_base' has been defined and initialized, but never used,
so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The member link of struct hclge_mac stores the link status of
MAC and PHY if PHY exists, but its annotation uses word "exit",
so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reset fails, if there are some pending jobs for the periodic
service task, it does not do anything except print error each
time the task is scheduled. So skip the periodic service task if
reset failed.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since variable send_msg and ret only used in if branch, so move
their definition into the if branch.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Christoph says[1] that dma_set_mask_and_coherent() is smart enough to
truncate the mask itself if it's too long. So we can get rid of our
"lop off one bit and retry" loop in efx_init_io().
[1]: https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg677266.html
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Per-module versions for in-tree drivers are deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If the reported PHY capabilities do not include a given FEC mode, don't
attempt to select that FEC mode anyway. If the user tries to set a mode
through ethtool that is not supported, return an error.
The _REQUESTED bits don't appear in the supported caps, but are implied
by the corresponding FEC bits.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Originally there were several implementations of PHY operations for the
several different PHYs used on Falcon boards. But Falcon is now in a
separate driver, and all sfc NICs since then have had MCDI-managed PHYs.
Thus, there is no need to indirect through function pointers in
efx->phy_op; we can simply call the efx_mcdi_phy_* functions directly.
This also hooks up these functions for EF100, which was previously using
the dummy_phy_ops.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
dev_close(), by way of ef100_net_stop(), already brings down the filter
table, so there's no need to do it again (which just causes lots of
WARN_ONs).
Similarly, don't bring it up ourselves, as dev_open() -> ef100_net_open()
will do it, and will fail if it's already been brought up.
Fixes: a9dc3d5612 ("sfc_ef100: RX filter table management and related gubbins")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Indentation and logic clearly show that this code is missing
parenthesis.
Fixes: 9f13457377 ("ibmvnic fix NULL tx_pools and rx_tools issue at do_reset")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/dnet.c: In function dnet_start_xmit
drivers/net/ethernet/dnet.c:511:15: warning: variable ‘len’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
commit 4796417417 ("dnet: Dave DNET ethernet controller driver (updated)")
involved this unused variable, remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
bnxt_fw_reset_task() which runs from a workqueue can race with
bnxt_remove_one(). For example, if firmware reset and VF FLR are
happening at about the same time.
bnxt_remove_one() already cancels the workqueue and waits for it
to finish, but we need to do this earlier before the devlink
reporters are destroyed. This will guarantee that
the devlink reporters will always be valid when bnxt_fw_reset_task()
is still running.
Fixes: b148bb238c ("bnxt_en: Fix possible crash in bnxt_fw_reset_task().")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the driver goes through PCIe AER reset in error state, all
firmware messages will timeout because the PCIe bus is no longer
accessible. This can lead to AER reset taking many minutes to
complete as each firmware command takes time to timeout.
Define a new macro BNXT_NO_FW_ACCESS() to skip these firmware messages
when either firmware is in fatal error state or when
pci_channel_offline() is true. It now takes a more reasonable 20 to
30 seconds to complete AER recovery.
Fixes: b4fff2079d ("bnxt_en: Do not send firmware messages if firmware is in error state.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The wrappers in include/linux/pci-dma-compat.h should go away.
The patch has been generated with the coccinelle script below and has been
hand modified to replace GFP_ with a correct flag.
It has been compile tested.
When memory is allocated in 'vnic_dev_classifier()', 'vnic_dev_fw_info()',
'vnic_dev_notify_set()' and 'vnic_dev_stats_dump()' (vnic_dev.c) GFP_ATOMIC
must be used because its callers take a spinlock before calling these
functions.
When memory is allocated in '__enic_set_rsskey()' and 'enic_set_rsscpu()'
GFP_ATOMIC must be used because they can be called with a spinlock.
The call chain is:
enic_reset <-- takes 'enic->enic_api_lock'
--> enic_set_rss_nic_cfg
--> enic_set_rsskey
--> __enic_set_rsskey <-- uses dma_alloc_coherent
--> enic_set_rsscpu <-- uses dma_alloc_coherent
When memory is allocated in 'vnic_dev_init_prov2()' GFP_ATOMIC must be used
because a spinlock is hidden in the ENIC_DEVCMD_PROXY_BY_INDEX macro, when
this function is called in 'enic_set_port_profile()'.
When memory is allocated in 'vnic_dev_alloc_desc_ring()' GFP_KERNEL can be
used because it is only called from 5 functions ('vnic_dev_init_devcmd2()',
'vnic_cq_alloc()', 'vnic_rq_alloc()', 'vnic_wq_alloc()' and
'enic_wq_devcmd2_alloc()'.
'vnic_dev_init_devcmd2()': already uses GFP_KERNEL and no lock is taken
in the between.
'enic_wq_devcmd2_alloc()': is called from ' vnic_dev_init_devcmd2()'
which already uses GFP_KERNEL and no lock is taken in the between.
'vnic_cq_alloc()', 'vnic_rq_alloc()', 'vnic_wq_alloc()': are called
from 'enic_alloc_vnic_resources()'
'enic_alloc_vnic_resources()' has only 2 call chains:
1) enic_probe
--> enic_dev_init
--> enic_alloc_vnic_resources
'enic_probe()' is a probe function and no lock is taken in the between
2) enic_set_ringparam
--> enic_alloc_vnic_resources
'enic_set_ringparam()' is a .set_ringparam function (see struct
ethtool_ops). It seems to only take a mutex and no spinlock.
So all paths are safe to use GFP_KERNEL.
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
+ DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_TODEVICE
+ DMA_TO_DEVICE
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_NONE
+ DMA_NONE
@@
expression e1, e2, e3;
@@
- pci_alloc_consistent(e1, e2, e3)
+ dma_alloc_coherent(&e1->dev, e2, e3, GFP_)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3;
@@
- pci_zalloc_consistent(e1, e2, e3)
+ dma_alloc_coherent(&e1->dev, e2, e3, GFP_)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_free_consistent(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_free_coherent(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_map_single(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_map_single(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_unmap_single(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_unmap_single(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, e5;
@@
- pci_map_page(e1, e2, e3, e4, e5)
+ dma_map_page(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4, e5)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_unmap_page(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_unmap_page(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_map_sg(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_map_sg(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_unmap_sg(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_unmap_sg(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_single_for_cpu(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_single_for_cpu(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_single_for_device(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_single_for_device(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_sg_for_device(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_sg_for_device(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
- pci_dma_mapping_error(e1, e2)
+ dma_mapping_error(&e1->dev, e2)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
- pci_set_dma_mask(e1, e2)
+ dma_set_mask(&e1->dev, e2)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
- pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(e1, e2)
+ dma_set_coherent_mask(&e1->dev, e2)
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It's nice if the phy is online before we register the netdev
so try to do that first.
Stop trying to do "second tried" to register the phy, it
works perfectly fine the first time.
Stop remvoving the phy in uninit. Remove it when the
driver is remove():d, symmetric to where it is added, in
probe().
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
PAE bit of NCFGR register, when set, pauses transmission
if a non-zero 802.3 classic pause frame is received.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Signed-off-by: Parshuram Thombare <pthombar@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pass the correct offset to clear the stale filter hit
bytes counter. Otherwise, the counter starts incrementing
from the stale information, instead of 0.
Fixes: 12b276fbf6 ("cxgb4: add support to create hash filters")
Signed-off-by: Ganji Aravind <ganji.aravind@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Firmware erases the entire flash region which may take several
seconds before flashing, so we bump up the timeout to ensure this
cmd won't return failure.
Fixes: 5e126e7c4e ("hinic: add firmware update support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We free memory regardless of the return value of SET_FUNC_STATE
cmd in hinic_close function to avoid memory leak and this cmd may
timeout when fw is busy with handling other cmds, so we bump up the
timeout of this cmd to ensure it won't return failure.
Fixes: 00e57a6d4a ("net-next/hinic: Add Tx operation")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Use efx_for_each_channel_tx_queue() rather than efx_tx_queue_partner().
Make some related simplifications of efx_nic_tx_is_empty() to remove
entry points that aren't used.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Instead of open-coding the calculation with efx_tx_queue_partner(), use
the functions that iterate over numbers of queues other than 2 with
efx_for_each_channel_tx_queue().
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As in the Siena/EF10 case, it minimises cacheline ping-pong between
the TX and completion paths.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This should cause no functional change; merely make there only be one
design of xmit_more handling to understand. As with the EF10/Siena
version, we set tx_queue->xmit_pending when we queue up a TX, and
clear it when we ring the doorbell (in ef100_notify_tx_desc).
While we're at it, make ef100_notify_tx_desc static since nothing
outside of ef100_tx.c uses it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Instead of using efx_tx_queue_partner(), which relies on the assumption
that tx_queues_per_channel is 2, efx_tx_send_pending() iterates over
txqs with efx_for_each_channel_tx_queue().
We unconditionally set tx_queue->xmit_pending (renamed from
xmit_more_available), then condition on xmit_more for the call to
efx_tx_send_pending(), which will clear xmit_pending. Thus, after an
xmit_more TX, the doorbell is un-rung and xmit_pending is true.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We got slightly different patches removing a double word
in a comment in net/ipv4/raw.c - picked the version from net.
Simple conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ibmvnic.c. Use cached
values instead of VNIC login response buffer (following what
commit 507ebe6444 ("ibmvnic: Fix use-after-free of VNIC login
response buffer") did).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Use netif_rx_ni() when necessary in batman-adv stack, from Jussi
Kivilinna.
2) Fix loss of RTT samples in rxrpc, from David Howells.
3) Memory leak in hns_nic_dev_probe(), from Dignhao Liu.
4) ravb module cannot be unloaded, fix from Yuusuke Ashizuka.
5) We disable BH for too lokng in sctp_get_port_local(), add a
cond_resched() here as well, from Xin Long.
6) Fix memory leak in st95hf_in_send_cmd, from Dinghao Liu.
7) Out of bound access in bpf_raw_tp_link_fill_link_info(), from
Yonghong Song.
8) Missing of_node_put() in mt7530 DSA driver, from Sumera
Priyadarsini.
9) Fix crash in bnxt_fw_reset_task(), from Michael Chan.
10) Fix geneve tunnel checksumming bug in hns3, from Yi Li.
11) Memory leak in rxkad_verify_response, from Dinghao Liu.
12) In tipc, don't use smp_processor_id() in preemptible context. From
Tuong Lien.
13) Fix signedness issue in mlx4 memory allocation, from Shung-Hsi Yu.
14) Missing clk_disable_prepare() in gemini driver, from Dan Carpenter.
15) Fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware in nfp, from Louis
Peens.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (110 commits)
net/smc: fix sock refcounting in case of termination
net/smc: reset sndbuf_desc if freed
net/smc: set rx_off for SMCR explicitly
net/smc: fix toleration of fake add_link messages
tg3: Fix soft lockup when tg3_reset_task() fails.
doc: net: dsa: Fix typo in config code sample
net: dp83867: Fix WoL SecureOn password
nfp: flower: fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware
tipc: fix shutdown() of connectionless socket
ipv6: Fix sysctl max for fib_multipath_hash_policy
drivers/net/wan/hdlc: Change the default of hard_header_len to 0
net: gemini: Fix another missing clk_disable_unprepare() in probe
net: bcmgenet: fix mask check in bcmgenet_validate_flow()
amd-xgbe: Add support for new port mode
net: usb: dm9601: Add USB ID of Keenetic Plus DSL
vhost: fix typo in error message
net: ethernet: mlx4: Fix memory allocation in mlx4_buddy_init()
pktgen: fix error message with wrong function name
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw: fix rmii 100Mbit link mode
cxgb4: fix thermal zone device registration
...
It is necessary to manage the Wake-on-LAN clock to turn on the
appropriate blocks for MPD or CFP-based packet matching to work
otherwise we will not be able to reliably match packets during suspend.
Reported-by: Blair Prescott <blair.prescott@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We disable clocks shortly after probing the device to save as much power as
possible in case the interface is never used. When bcm_sysport_open() is
invoked, clocks are enabled, and disabled in bcm_sysport_stop().
A similar scheme is applied to the suspend/resume functions.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While CHELSIO_INLINE_CRYPTO is a guard symbol, and just enabling it does
not cause any additional code to be compiled in, all configuration
options protected by it depend on CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4. Hence it doesn't
make much sense to bother the user with the guard symbol question when
CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4 is disabled.
Fix this by moving the dependency from the individual config options to
the guard symbol.
Fixes: 44fd1c1fd8 ("chelsio/chtls: separate chelsio tls driver from crypto driver")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the XLG and GMAC PCS implementations and switch between them
during the mac_prepare() method.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mvpp2 to phylink's new pcs support.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the GMAC reset handling into mac_prepare() / mac_finish()
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that the port is forced down while reconfiguring, controlling
this via mac_prepare() and mac_finish() so that it is down while we
are configuring our (future) PCS.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mvpp2 to use the mac_prepare() and mac_finish() methods in
preparation to converting mvpp2 to split-PCS support.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tidy up the ACPI hack so that we can minimise the function prototypes
for this. This avoids adding further prototypes unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If tg3_reset_task() fails, the device state is left in an inconsistent
state with IFF_RUNNING still set but NAPI state not enabled. A
subsequent operation, such as ifdown or AER error can cause it to
soft lock up when it tries to disable NAPI state.
Fix it by bringing down the device to !IFF_RUNNING state when
tg3_reset_task() fails. tg3_reset_task() running from workqueue
will now call tg3_close() when the reset fails. We need to
modify tg3_reset_task_cancel() slightly to avoid tg3_close()
calling cancel_work_sync() to cancel tg3_reset_task(). Otherwise
cancel_work_sync() will wait forever for tg3_reset_task() to
finish.
Reported-by: David Christensen <drc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Baptiste Covolato <baptiste@arista.com>
Fixes: db21997379 ("tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new attributes to hwmon object for exposing critical and emergency
alarms.
In case that current temperature is higher than emergency threshold,
EMERGENCY alarm will be reported in sensors utility:
$ sensors
...
front panel 025: +55.0°C (crit = +35.0°C, emerg = +40.0°C) ALARM(EMERGENCY)
In case that current temperature is higher than critical threshold,
CRIT alarm will be reported in sensors utility:
$ sensors
...
front panel 025: +54.0°C (crit = +35.0°C, emerg = +80.0°C) ALARM(CRIT)
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the value of MLXSW_HWMON_ATTR_COUNT is calculated not really
accurate.
Add several defines to make the calculation clearer and easier to
change.
Calculate the precise high bound of number of attributes that may be
needed.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlxsw_hwmon_module_temp_show(), mlxsw_hwmon_module_temp_critical_show()
and mlxsw_hwmon_module_temp_emergency_show() query the relevant
temperature from firmware and fill the value in provided buffers.
Split the temperature querying functionality to individual get()
functions and call them from the show() functions.
The get() functions will be used by subsequent patches in the set.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix an issue where the driver wrongly detected ipv6 neighbour updates
from the NFP as corrupt. Add a reserved field on the kernel side so
it is similar to the ipv4 version of the struct and has space for the
extra bytes from the card.
Fixes: 9ea9bfa122 ("nfp: flower: support ipv6 tunnel keep-alive messages from fw")
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add parenthesis to clarify a boolean usage.
Pointed out in https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/202008060413.VgrMuqLJ%25lkp@intel.com/
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only thing calling ionic_napi any more is the adminq
processing, so combine and simplify.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some unnecessary struct fields and related code.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move a few active struct fields to the front of the struct
for a little better cache use and performance.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal page handling can be cleaned up by passing our
local page struct rather than dma addresses, and by putting
more of the mgmt code into the alloc and free routines.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently added some calls to clk_disable_unprepare() but we missed
the last error path if register_netdev() fails.
I made a couple cleanups so we avoid mistakes like this in the future.
First I reversed the "if (!ret)" condition and pulled the code in one
indent level. Also, the "port->netdev = NULL;" is not required because
"port" isn't used again outside this function so I deleted that line.
Fixes: 4d5ae32f5e ("net: ethernet: Add a driver for Gemini gigabit ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VALIDATE_MASK(eth_mask->h_source) is checked twice in a row in
bcmgenet_validate_flow(). Add VALIDATE_MASK(eth_mask->h_dest)
instead.
Fixes: 3e37095228 ("net: bcmgenet: add support for ethtool rxnfc flows")
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Acked-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a new port mode that is a backplane connection without
support for auto negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Sundar S K <Shyam-sundar.S-k@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As qedr driver supports both RoCE and iWarp, make sure to set the
max_pkeys only when running in RoCE mode.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200827141655.406185-1-kamalheib1@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com>
Defines UDP segmentation algorithm in hardware and supports
offloading UDP segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some static functions in the dpaa2-eth driver don't have the dpaa2_eth_
prefix and this is becoming an inconvenience when looking at, for
example, a perf top output and trying to determine easily which entries
are dpaa2-eth related. Ammend this by adding the prefix to all the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some static functions in the dpaa2-eth driver don't have the dpaa2_eth_
prefix and this is becoming an inconvenience when looking at, for
example, a perf top output and trying to determine easily which entries
are dpaa2-eth related. Ammend this by adding the prefix to all the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some static functions in the dpaa2-eth driver don't have the dpaa2_eth_
prefix and this is becoming an inconvenience when looking at, for
example, a perf top output and trying to determine easily which entries
are dpaa2-eth related. Ammend this by adding the prefix to all the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases, the device or firmware may be busy when the
driver attempts to perform the CRQ initialization handshake.
If the partner is busy, the hypervisor will return the H_CLOSED
return code. The aim of this patch is that, if the device is not
ready, to query the device a number of times, with a small wait
time in between queries. If all initialization requests fail,
the driver will remain in a dormant state, awaiting a signal
from the device that it is ready for operation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-09-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There are two small conflicts when pulling, resolve as follows:
1) Merge conflict in tools/lib/bpf/libbpf.c between 88a8212028 ("libbpf: Factor
out common ELF operations and improve logging") in bpf-next and 1e891e513e
("libbpf: Fix map index used in error message") in net-next. Resolve by taking
the hunk in bpf-next:
[...]
scn = elf_sec_by_idx(obj, obj->efile.btf_maps_shndx);
data = elf_sec_data(obj, scn);
if (!scn || !data) {
pr_warn("elf: failed to get %s map definitions for %s\n",
MAPS_ELF_SEC, obj->path);
return -EINVAL;
}
[...]
2) Merge conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/xsk/rx.c between
9647c57b11 ("xsk: i40e: ice: ixgbe: mlx5: Test for dma_need_sync earlier for
better performance") in bpf-next and e20f0dbf20 ("net/mlx5e: RX, Add a prefetch
command for small L1_CACHE_BYTES") in net-next. Resolve the two locations by retaining
net_prefetch() and taking xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu() from bpf-next. Should look like:
[...]
xdp_set_data_meta_invalid(xdp);
xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu(xdp, rq->xsk_pool);
net_prefetch(xdp->data);
[...]
We've added 133 non-merge commits during the last 14 day(s) which contain
a total of 246 files changed, 13832 insertions(+), 3105 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Initial support for sleepable BPF programs along with bpf_copy_from_user() helper
for tracing to reliably access user memory, from Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Add BPF infra for writing and parsing TCP header options, from Martin KaFai Lau.
3) bpf_d_path() helper for returning full path for given 'struct path', from Jiri Olsa.
4) AF_XDP support for shared umems between devices and queues, from Magnus Karlsson.
5) Initial prep work for full BPF-to-BPF call support in libbpf, from Andrii Nakryiko.
6) Generalize bpf_sk_storage map & add local storage for inodes, from KP Singh.
7) Implement sockmap/hash updates from BPF context, from Lorenz Bauer.
8) BPF xor verification for scalar types & add BPF link iterator, from Yonghong Song.
9) Use target's prog type for BPF_PROG_TYPE_EXT prog verification, from Udip Pant.
10) Rework BPF tracing samples to use libbpf loader, from Daniel T. Lee.
11) Fix xdpsock sample to really cycle through all buffers, from Weqaar Janjua.
12) Improve type safety for tun/veth XDP frame handling, from Maciej Żenczykowski.
13) Various smaller cleanups and improvements all over the place.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On machines with much memory (> 2 TByte) and log_mtts_per_seg == 0, a
max_order of 31 will be passed to mlx_buddy_init(), which results in
s = BITS_TO_LONGS(1 << 31) becoming a negative value, leading to
kvmalloc_array() failure when it is converted to size_t.
mlx4_core 0000:b1:00.0: Failed to initialize memory region table, aborting
mlx4_core: probe of 0000:b1:00.0 failed with error -12
Fix this issue by changing the left shifting operand from a signed literal to
an unsigned one.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Shung-Hsi Yu <shung-hsi.yu@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unneeded return value cast.
This is detected by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove dma_alloc_coherent return value cast.
This is detected by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In RMII link mode it's required to set bit 15 IFCTL_A in MAC_SL MAC_CONTROL
register to enable support for 100Mbit link speed.
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new bit TX_GENF_CLR_EN has been added in AM65x SR2.0 to fix i2083
errata, which can be just set unconditionally for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
W=1 warnings indicated that 'rc' was unused in efx_mcdi_set_id_led();
change the function to return int instead of void and plumb the rc
through the caller efx_ethtool_phys_id().
Since (post-Falcon) all sfc NICs use MCDI for this, there's no point in
indirecting through a nic_type method, so remove that and just call
efx_mcdi_set_id_led() directly.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Missing 'struct' keyword caused "cannot understand function prototype"
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to some past refactor, 'spec' is not actually used in this
function; the code using it moved to the callee efx_farch_filter_remove.
Remove the variable to fix a W=1 warning.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of these RX-event flags aren't used at all, so remove them.
Others are used only #ifdef DEBUG to log a message; suppress the
unused-var warnings #ifndef DEBUG with a void cast.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add debugfs node for querying function table, for example:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/hinic/0000:15:00.0/func_table/valid
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add debugfs node for querying rq info, for example:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/hinic/0000:15:00.0/RQs/0x0/rq_hw_pi
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add debugfs node for querying sq info, for example:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/hinic/0000:15:00.0/SQs/0x0/sq_pi
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take the tx accounting out of the work_done calculation to
prevent a possible duplicate napi_schedule call when under
high Tx stress but low Rx traffic.
Fixes: b14e4e95f9 ("ionic: tx separate servicing")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test for dma_need_sync earlier to increase
performance. xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu() takes an xdp_buff as
parameter and from that the xsk_buff_pool reference is dug out. Perf
shows that this dereference causes a lot of cache misses. But as the
buffer pool is now sent down to the driver at zero-copy initialization
time, we might as well use this pointer directly, instead of going via
the xsk_buff and we can do so already in xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu()
instead of in xp_dma_sync_for_cpu. This gets rid of these cache
misses.
Throughput increases with 3% for the xdpsock l2fwd sample application
on my machine.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-11-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Rename the AF_XDP zero-copy driver interface functions to better
reflect what they do after the replacement of umems with buffer
pools in the previous commit. Mostly it is about replacing the
umem name from the function names with xsk_buff and also have
them take the a buffer pool pointer instead of a umem. The
various ring functions have also been renamed in the process so
that they have the same naming convention as the internal
functions in xsk_queue.h. This so that it will be clearer what
they do and also for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-3-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Replace the explicit umem reference passed to the driver in AF_XDP
zero-copy mode with the buffer pool instead. This in preparation for
extending the functionality of the zero-copy mode so that umems can be
shared between queues on the same netdev and also between netdevs. In
this commit, only an umem reference has been added to the buffer pool
struct. But later commits will add other entities to it. These are
going to be entities that are different between different queue ids
and netdevs even though the umem is shared between them.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-2-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Convert tx_timeout handler to not do the full reset. As this was
the last user of ionic_reset_queues(), we can drop it.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add to our new ionic_reconfigure_queues() to also be able to change
the number of queues in use, and to change the queue interrupt layout
between split and combined.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original way of changing ring length was to completely
tear down the lif's queue structure and then rebuild it, while
running the risk of allocations that might fail in the middle
and leave us with a broken driver.
Instead, we can set up all the new queue and descriptor
allocations first, then swap them out and delete the old
allocations. If the new allocations fail, we report the error,
stay with the old setup and continue running. This gives us
a safer path, and a smaller window of time where we're not
processing traffic.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We really don't need to tear down and rebuild the whole queue structure
when changing the MTU; we can simply stop the queues, clean and refill,
then restart the queues.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use index counters rather than pointers for tracking head
and tail in the queues to save a little memory and to perhaps
slightly faster queue processing.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split out the queue descriptor blocks into separate dma
allocations to make for smaller blocks.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ionic_open() and ionic_stop() are not referenced outside of their
defining file, so make them static.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a block of stats structs attached to the lif instead of
little ones attached to each qcq. This simplifies our memory
management and gets rid of a lot of unnecessary indirection.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we aren't yet supporting multiple lifs, we can remove
complexity by removing the list concept and related code,
to be re-engineered later when actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kcalloc for allocating arrays of structures.
Following along after
commit e71642009cbdA ("ionic_lif: Use devm_kcalloc() in ionic_qcq_alloc()")
there are a couple more array allocations that can be converted
to using devm_kcalloc().
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NIC might tell us its minimum MTU, but let's be sure not
to use something smaller than ETH_MIN_MTU.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bunch of issues in cpsw_ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid()
- pm_runtime_get_sync() returns non zero value. This results in
non zero value return to caller which will be interpreted as error.
So overwrite ret with zero.
- If VID matches with port VLAN VID, then set error code.
- Currently when VLAN interface is deleted, all of the VLAN mc addresses
are removed from ALE table, however the return values from ale function
calls are not checked. These functions can return error code -ENOENT.
But that shouldn't happen in a normal case. So add error print to
catch the situations so that these can be investigated and addressed.
return zero in these cases as these are not real error case, but only
serve to catch ALE table update related issues and help address the
same in the driver.
Fixes: ed3525eda4 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce cpsw switchdev based driver part 1 - dual-emac")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This header file is currently included into the ethernet driver via a
relative path into the PHY subsystem. This is bad practice, and causes
issues for the upcoming move of the MDIO driver. Move the header file
into include/linux to clean this up.
v2:
Move header to include/linux/mdio
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create drivers/net/pcs and move the Synopsys DesignWare XPCS into the
new directory. Move the header file into a subdirectory
include/linux/pcs
Start a naming convention of all PCS files use the prefix pcs-, and
rename the XPCS files to fit.
v2:
Add include/linux/pcs
v4:
Fix include path in stmmac.
Remove PCS_DEVICES to avoid new prompts
Cc: Jose Abreu <Jose.Abreu@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only usage of bb_ops is to assign its address to the ops field in
the mdiobb_ctrl struct, which is a const pointer. Make it const to allow
the compiler to put it in read-only memory.
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only usage of bb_ops is to assign its address to the ops field in
the mdiobb_ctrl struct, which is a const pointer. Make it const to allow
the compiler to put it in read-only memory.
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only usage of qca_serdev_ops is to pass its address to
serdev_device_set_client_ops() which takes a const pointer. Make it
const to allow the compiler to put it in read-only memory.
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two functions share the majority of the code, hence merge
them together. In the meanwhile, add a reset pass-in parameter
to differentiate them. Thus, the code is easier to read and to tell
the difference between reset_init and regular init.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the beginning of the function, from_passive_init is set false by
"adapter->from_passive_init = false;",
hence the if statement will never run.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When H_SEND_CRQ command returns with H_CLOSED, it means the
server's CRQ is not ready yet. Instead of resetting immediately,
we wait for the server to launch passive init.
ibmvnic_init() and ibmvnic_reset_init() should also return the
error code from ibmvnic_send_crq_init() call.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of comparing (adapter->init_done_rc == 1), let it
be (adapter->init_done_rc == PARTIALSUCCESS).
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A single cacheline might not contain the packet header for
small L1_CACHE_BYTES values.
Use net_prefetch() as it issues an additional prefetch
in this case.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A single cacheline might not contain the packet header for
small L1_CACHE_BYTES values.
Use net_prefetch() as it issues an additional prefetch
in this case.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many device drivers use the same prefetch code structure to
deal with small L1 cacheline size.
Take this code into a function and call it from the drivers.
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dwmac-intel-plat to enable the stmmac driver in Intel Keem Bay.
Also add fix_mac_speed and tx_clk in order to change link speeds.
This is required as mac_speed_o is not connected in the
Intel Keem Bay SoC.
Signed-off-by: Rusaimi Amira Ruslan <rusaimi.amira.rusaimi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineetha G. Jaya Kumaran <vineetha.g.jaya.kumaran@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when skb->encapsulation is 0, skb->ip_summed is CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
and it is udp packet, which has a dest port as the IANA assigned.
the hardware is expected to do the checksum offload, but the
hardware will not do the checksum offload when udp dest port is
6081.
This patch fixes it by doing the checksum in software.
Reported-by: Li Bing <libing@winhong.com>
Signed-off-by: Yi Li <yili@winhong.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent changes to support user-defined RSS map assume that RX
rings are always reserved and the default RSS map is set after the
RX rings are successfully reserved. If the firmware spec is older
than 1.6.1, no ring reservations are required and the default RSS
map is not setup at all. In another scenario where the fw Resource
Manager is older, RX rings are not reserved and we also end up with
no valid RSS map.
Fix both issues in bnxt_need_reserve_rings(). In both scenarios
described above, we don't need to reserve RX rings so we need to
call this new function bnxt_check_rss_map_no_rmgr() to setup the
default RSS map when needed.
Without valid RSS map, the NIC won't receive packets properly.
Fixes: 1667cbf6a4 ("bnxt_en: Add logical RSS indirection table structure.")
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no VF rings available during probe when the device is configured
using the Minimal-Static reservation strategy. In this case, the RSS
indirection table can only be initialized later, during bnxt_open_nic().
However, this was not happening because the rings will already have been
reserved via bnxt_init_dflt_ring_mode(), causing bnxt_need_reserve_rings()
to return false in bnxt_reserve_rings() and bypass the RSS table init.
Solve this by pushing the call to bnxt_set_dflt_rss_indir_tbl() into
__bnxt_reserve_rings(), which is common to both paths and is called
whenever ring configuration is changed. After doing this, the RSS table
init that must be called from bnxt_init_one() happens implicitly via
bnxt_set_default_rings(), necessitating doing the allocation earlier in
order to avoid a null pointer dereference.
Fixes: bd3191b5d8 ("bnxt_en: Implement ethtool -X to set indirection table.")
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware returns RESOURCE_ACCESS_DENIED for HWRM_TEMP_MONITORY_QUERY for
VFs. This produces unpleasing error messages in the log when temp1_input
is queried via the hwmon sysfs interface from a VF.
The error is harmless and expected, so silence it and return unknown as
the value. Since the device temperature is not particularly sensitive
information, provide flexibility to change this policy in future by
silencing the error rather than avoiding the HWRM call entirely for VFs.
Fixes: cde49a42a9 ("bnxt_en: Add hwmon sysfs support to read temperature")
Cc: Marc Smith <msmith626@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marc Smith <msmith626@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnxt_fw_reset_task() is run from a delayed workqueue. The current
code is not cancelling the workqueue in the driver's .remove()
method and it can potentially crash if the device is removed with
the workqueue still pending.
The fix is to clear the BNXT_STATE_IN_FW_RESET flag and then cancel
the delayed workqueue in bnxt_remove_one(). bnxt_queue_fw_reset_work()
also needs to check that this flag is set before scheduling. This
will guarantee that no rescheduling will be done after it is cancelled.
Fixes: 230d1f0de7 ("bnxt_en: Handle firmware reset.")
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a PCI error is detected the PCI state could be corrupt, save
the PCI state after initialization and restore it after the slot
reset.
Fixes: 6316ea6db9 ("bnxt_en: Enable AER support.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are returning the wrong count for ETH_SS_STATS in get_sset_count()
when XDP or TCs are enabled. In a recent commit, we got rid of
irrelevant counters when the ring is RX only or TX only, but we
did not make the proper adjustments for the count. As a result,
when we have XDP or TCs enabled, we are returning an excess count
because some of the rings are TX only. This causes ethtool -S to
display extra counters with no counter names.
Fix bnxt_get_num_ring_stats() by not assuming that all rings will
always have RX and TX counters in combined mode.
Fixes: 125592fbf4 ("bnxt_en: show only relevant ethtool stats for a TX or RX ring")
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If firmware goes into unstable state, HWRM_NVM_GET_DIR_INFO firmware
command may return zero dir entries. Return error in such case to
avoid zero length dma buffer request.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rare conditions like two stage OS installation, the
ethtool's get_channels function may be called when the
device is in D3 state, leading to uncorrectable PCI error.
Check netif_running() first before making any query to FW
which involves writing to BAR.
Fixes: db4723b3cd ("bnxt_en: Check max_tx_scheduler_inputs value from firmware.")
Signed-off-by: Pavan Chebbi <pavan.chebbi@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the time of do_rest, ibmvnic tries to re-initalize the tx_pools
and rx_pools to avoid re-allocating the long term buffer. However
there is a window inside do_reset that the tx_pools and
rx_pools were freed before re-initialized making it possible to deference
null pointers.
This patch fix this issue by always check the tx_pool
and rx_pool are not NULL after ibmvnic_login. If so, re-allocating
the pools. This will avoid getting into calling reset_tx/rx_pools with
NULL adapter tx_pools/rx_pools pointer. Also add null pointer check in
reset_tx_pools and reset_rx_pools to safe handle NULL pointer case.
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <mmc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dany Madden <drt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To flush the vid + mc entries from ALE, which is required when a VLAN
interface is removed, driver needs to call cpsw_ale_flush_multicast()
with ALE_PORT_HOST for port mask as these entries are added only for
host port. Without this, these entries remain in the ALE table even
after removing the VLAN interface. cpsw_ale_flush_multicast() calls
cpsw_ale_flush_mcast which expects a port mask to do the job.
Fixes: ed3525eda4 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce cpsw switchdev based driver part 1 - dual-emac")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To flush the vid + mc entries from ALE, which is required when a VLAN
interface is removed, driver needs to call cpsw_ale_flush_multicast()
with ALE_PORT_HOST for port mask as these entries are added only for
host port. Without this, these entries remain in the ALE table even
after removing the VLAN interface. cpsw_ale_flush_multicast() calls
cpsw_ale_flush_mcast which expects a port mask to do the job.
Fixes: 15180eca56 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: fix vlan mcast")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb4 does not look for HASHTBLMEMCRCERR and CMDTIDERR
bits in LE_DB_INT_CAUSE register, but these are enabled
in LE_DB_INT_ENABLE. So, add error handlers to LE
interrupt handler to emit a warning or alert message
for hash table mem crc and cmd tid errors
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds PTP clock and uses it in Octeontx2
network device. PTP clock uses mailbox calls to
access the hardware counter on the RVU side.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Precision Timestamping block found on Octeontx2
platform is an independent coprocessor and has
internal PTP hardware clock. Once configured PTP
runs independently and when a packet arrives
CGX hardware block gets the current timestamp
from PTP block and forwards the packet to NIX
by prepending timestamp to the packet.
This patch adds the pci driver for PTP block.
The driver gets registered by AF driver and does
initial configuration and exposes a mailbox function to
read and adjust PTP hardware clock. The mailbox function
is called by AF consumers like netdev drivers or
userspace drivers. Since PTP being a single block
in platform this driver helps in accessing PTP
block by any AF consumer.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four new mbox messages ids and handler are added in order to
enable or disable timestamping procedure on tx and rx side.
Additionally when PTP is enabled, the packet parser must skip
over 8 bytes and start analyzing packet data there. To make NPC
profiles work seemlesly PTR_ADVANCE of IKPU is set so that
parsing can be done as before when all data pointers
are shifted by 8 bytes automatically.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Zyta Szpak <zyta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
check_fcs() was returning bool as 0/1, which was a sign that the sense
of the function was unclear: false was good, which doesn't really match
a name like 'check_$thing'. So rename it to ef100_has_fcs_error(), and
use proper booleans in the return statements.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case recovery was not successful, netdev still should be
present. But we should clear cdev if something bad happens
on recovery.
We also check cdev for null on dev close. That could be a case
if recovery was not successful.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gather and push out full device dump to devlink.
Device dump is the same as with `ethtool -d`, but now its generated
exactly at the moment bad thing happens.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove forcible recovery trigger and put it as a normal devlink
callback.
This allows user to enable/disable it via
devlink health set pci/0000:03:00.0 reporter fw_fatal auto_recover false
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devlink_health_report to push error indications.
We implement this in qede via callback function to make it possible
to reuse the same for other drivers sitting on top of qed in future.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we declare health reporter ops (empty for now)
and register these in qed probe and remove callbacks.
This way we get devlink attached to all kind of qed* PCI
device entities: networking or storage offload entity.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we return existing fw & mfw versions, we also fetch device's
serial number:
~$ sudo ~/iproute2/devlink/devlink dev info
pci/0000:01:00.1:
driver qed
board.serial_number REE1915E44552
versions:
running:
fw.app 8.42.2.0
stored:
fw.mgmt 8.52.10.0
MFW and FW are different firmwares on device.
Management is a firmware responsible for link configuration and
various control plane features. Its permanent and resides in NVM.
Running FW (or fastpath FW) is an embedded microprogram implementing
all the packet processing, offloads, etc. This FW is being loaded
on each start by the driver from FW binary blob.
The base device specific structure (qed_dev_info) was not directly
available to the base driver before. Thus, here we create and store
a private copy of this structure in qed_dev root object to
access the data.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces stubs in kconfig help entries with an actual description.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink instance lifecycle was linked to qed_dev object,
that caused devlink to be recreated on each recovery.
Changing it by making higher level driver (qede) responsible for its
life. This way devlink now survives recoveries.
qede now stores devlink structure pointer as a part of its device
object, devlink private data contains a linkage structure,
qed_devlink.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are extending devlink infrastructure, thus move the existing
stuff into a new file qed_devlink.c
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devm_gpiod_get_optional() fails, bus should be
freed just like when of_mdiobus_register() fails.
Fixes: 1bddd96cba ("net: arc_emac: support the phy reset for emac driver")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PTYS register is used to report and configure the port type and
speed. Currently, internal bits in the register are used the same way
other bits are used.
Using the internal bits can cause bad parameter firmware errors. For
example, trying to write to internal bit 25 returns:
EMAD reg access failed (tid=53e2bffa00004310,reg_id=5004(ptys),type=write,status=7(bad parameter))
Remove the internal bits from the PTYS register, so that it is no longer
possible to pass them to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the Spectrum-{2,3} ASICs the minimum burst size of the packet trap
policers needs to be 40% of the configured rate. Otherwise, intermittent
drops are observed even when the incoming packet rate is slightly lower
than the configured policer rate.
Adjust the burst size of the registered packet trap policers so that
they do not violate above mentioned limitation.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When this driver is built as a module, I cannot rmmod it after insmoding
it.
This is because that this driver calls ravb_mdio_init() at the time of
probe, and module->refcnt is incremented by alloc_mdio_bitbang() called
after that.
Therefore, even if ifup is not performed, the driver is in use and rmmod
cannot be performed.
$ lsmod
Module Size Used by
ravb 40960 1
$ rmmod ravb
rmmod: ERROR: Module ravb is in use
Call ravb_mdio_init() at open and free_mdio_bitbang() at close, thereby
rmmod is possible in the ifdown state.
Fixes: c156633f13 ("Renesas Ethernet AVB driver proper")
Signed-off-by: Yuusuke Ashizuka <ashiduka@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devm_kcalloc() fails, dev should be freed just
like what we've done in the subsequent error paths.
Fixes: 7b78be48a8 ("net: systemport: Dynamically allocate number of TX rings")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns_nic_dev_probe allocates ndev, but not free it on
two error handling paths, which may lead to memleak.
Fixes: 63434888aa ("net: hns: net: hns: enet adds support of acpi")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Nothing earth shattering here, lots of small fixes (f.e. missing RCU
protection, bad ref counting, missing memset(), etc.) all over the
place:
1) Use get_file_rcu() in task_file iterator, from Yonghong Song.
2) There are two ways to set remote source MAC addresses in macvlan
driver, but only one of which validates things properly. Fix this.
From Alvin Šipraga.
3) Missing of_node_put() in gianfar probing, from Sumera
Priyadarsini.
4) Preserve device wanted feature bits across multiple netlink
ethtool requests, from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
5) Fix rcu_sched stall in task and task_file bpf iterators, from
Yonghong Song.
6) Avoid reset after device destroy in ena driver, from Shay
Agroskin.
7) Missing memset() in netlink policy export reallocation path, from
Johannes Berg.
8) Fix info leak in __smc_diag_dump(), from Peilin Ye.
9) Decapsulate ECN properly for ipv6 in ipv4 tunnels, from Mark
Tomlinson.
10) Fix number of data stream negotiation in SCTP, from David Laight.
11) Fix double free in connection tracker action module, from Alaa
Hleihel.
12) Don't allow empty NHA_GROUP attributes, from Nikolay Aleksandrov"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (46 commits)
net: nexthop: don't allow empty NHA_GROUP
bpf: Fix two typos in uapi/linux/bpf.h
net: dsa: b53: check for timeout
tipc: call rcu_read_lock() in tipc_aead_encrypt_done()
net/sched: act_ct: Fix skb double-free in tcf_ct_handle_fragments() error flow
net: sctp: Fix negotiation of the number of data streams.
dt-bindings: net: renesas, ether: Improve schema validation
gre6: Fix reception with IP6_TNL_F_RCV_DSCP_COPY
hv_netvsc: Fix the queue_mapping in netvsc_vf_xmit()
hv_netvsc: Remove "unlikely" from netvsc_select_queue
bpf: selftests: global_funcs: Check err_str before strstr
bpf: xdp: Fix XDP mode when no mode flags specified
selftests/bpf: Remove test_align leftovers
tools/resolve_btfids: Fix sections with wrong alignment
net/smc: Prevent kernel-infoleak in __smc_diag_dump()
sfc: fix build warnings on 32-bit
net: phy: mscc: Fix a couple of spelling mistakes "spcified" -> "specified"
libbpf: Fix map index used in error message
net: gemini: Fix missing free_netdev() in error path of gemini_ethernet_port_probe()
net: atlantic: Use readx_poll_timeout() for large timeout
...
23 fixes in 5 drivers (qla2xxx, ufs, scsi_debug, fcoe, zfcp). The
bulk of the changes are in qla2xxx and ufs and all are mostly small
and definitely don't impact the core.
Signed-off-by: James E.J. Bottomley <jejb@linux.ibm.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iJwEABMIAEQWIQTnYEDbdso9F2cI+arnQslM7pishQUCX0CxgiYcamFtZXMuYm90
dG9tbGV5QGhhbnNlbnBhcnRuZXJzaGlwLmNvbQAKCRDnQslM7pishVI9AP40cRrH
p0wrE1fKUyj+LbtnWrrHUXsuknS3Sf58zyPeEAEA3qxxLspTxWgLuSnT/KC2gqFB
Kv/XJyKM9CnRg7Uo4mo=
=GRmA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi
Pull SCSI fixes from James Bottomley:
"23 fixes in 5 drivers (qla2xxx, ufs, scsi_debug, fcoe, zfcp). The bulk
of the changes are in qla2xxx and ufs and all are mostly small and
definitely don't impact the core"
* tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi: (23 commits)
Revert "scsi: qla2xxx: Disable T10-DIF feature with FC-NVMe during probe"
Revert "scsi: qla2xxx: Fix crash on qla2x00_mailbox_command"
scsi: qla2xxx: Fix null pointer access during disconnect from subsystem
scsi: qla2xxx: Check if FW supports MQ before enabling
scsi: qla2xxx: Fix WARN_ON in qla_nvme_register_hba
scsi: qla2xxx: Allow ql2xextended_error_logging special value 1 to be set anytime
scsi: qla2xxx: Reduce noisy debug message
scsi: qla2xxx: Fix login timeout
scsi: qla2xxx: Indicate correct supported speeds for Mezz card
scsi: qla2xxx: Flush I/O on zone disable
scsi: qla2xxx: Flush all sessions on zone disable
scsi: qla2xxx: Use MBX_TOV_SECONDS for mailbox command timeout values
scsi: scsi_debug: Fix scp is NULL errors
scsi: zfcp: Fix use-after-free in request timeout handlers
scsi: ufs: No need to send Abort Task if the task in DB was cleared
scsi: ufs: Clean up completed request without interrupt notification
scsi: ufs: Improve interrupt handling for shared interrupts
scsi: ufs: Fix interrupt error message for shared interrupts
scsi: ufs-pci: Add quirk for broken auto-hibernate for Intel EHL
scsi: ufs-mediatek: Fix incorrect time to wait link status
...
This patch seperates inline ipsec functionality from coprocessor
driver chcr. Now inline ipsec is separate ULD, moved from
"drivers/crypto/chelsio/" to "drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/inline_crypto/ch_ipsec/"
Signed-off-by: Ayush Sawal <ayush.sawal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinay Kumar Yadav <vinay.yadav@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
chelsio inline tls driver(chtls) is mostly overlaps with NIC drivers
but currenty it is part of crypto driver, so move it out to appropriate
directory for better maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Vinay Kumar Yadav <vinay.yadav@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In qed_rdma_destroy_cq() the result of dma_alloc_coherent() is cast from
void* unnecessarily. Remove cast.
Issue identified with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When both the driver and the firmware supports QinQ the flow key
structure that is send to the firmware is updated as the old
method of matching on VLAN did not allow for space to add another
VLAN tag. VLAN flows can now also match on the tpid field, not
constrained to just 0x8100 as before.
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a check to make sure the total length of the flow key sent to the
firmware stays within the supported limit.
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's always 0. Note that we theoretically could use ~0U as well -
result will be the same modulo 0xffff, _if_ the damn thing did the
right thing for any value of initial sum; later we'll make use of
that when convenient.
However, unlike csum_and_copy_..._user(), there are instances that
did not work for arbitrary initial sums; c6x is one such.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
IPv6 filters can occupy up to 4 slots and will exhaust HPFILTER
region much sooner. So, continue searching for free slots in the
HASH or NORMAL filter regions, as long as the rule's priority does
not conflict with existing rules in those regions.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Kundu <rahul.kundu@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Truncation of DMA_BIT_MASK to 32-bit dma_addr_t is semantically safe,
but the compiler was warning because it was happening implicitly.
Insert explicit casts to suppress the warnings.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace alloc_etherdev_mq with devm_alloc_etherdev_mqs. In this way,
when probe fails, netdev can be freed automatically.
Fixes: 4d5ae32f5e ("net: ethernet: Add a driver for Gemini gigabit ethernet")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit
8dcf2ad39f ("net: atlantic: add hwmon getter for MAC temperature")
implemented a read callback with an udelay(10000U). This fails to
compile on ARM because the delay is >1ms. I doubt that it is needed to
spin for 10ms even if possible on x86.
>From looking at the code, the context appears to be preemptible so using
usleep() should work and avoid busy spinning.
Use readx_poll_timeout() in the poll loop.
Fixes: 8dcf2ad39f ("net: atlantic: add hwmon getter for MAC temperature")
Cc: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Cc: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Acked-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to reduce code duplication between ptp drivers, generic helper
functions were introduced. Use them.
Suggested-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to reduce code duplication between ptp drivers, generic helper
functions were introduced. Use them.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to reduce code duplication between ptp drivers, generic helper
functions were introduced. Use them.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-and-tested-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the driver reads RX and TX subCRQ handle array directly from
a DMA-mapped buffer address when it needs to make a H_SEND_SUBCRQ
hcall. This patch stores that information in the ibmvnic_sub_crq_queue
structure instead of reading from the buffer received at login. The
overall goal of this patch is to parse relevant information from the
login response buffer and store it in the driver's private data
structures so that we don't need to read directly from the buffer and
can then free up that memory.
Signed-off-by: Cristobal Forno <cforno12@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most statistics in ena driver are incremented, meaning that a stat's
value is a sum of all increases done to it since driver/queue
initialization.
This patch makes all statistics this way, effectively making missed_tx
statistic incremental.
Also added a comment regarding rx_drops and tx_drops to make it
clearer how these counters are calculated.
Fixes: 11095fdb71 ("net: ena: add statistics for missed tx packets")
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ena_del_napi_in_range() function unregisters the napi handler for
rings in a given range.
This function had the following WARN_ON macro:
WARN_ON(ENA_IS_XDP_INDEX(adapter, i) &&
adapter->ena_napi[i].xdp_ring);
This macro prints the call stack if the expression inside of it is
true [1], but the expression inside of it is the wanted situation.
The expression checks whether the ring has an XDP queue and its index
corresponds to a XDP one.
This patch changes the expression to
!ENA_IS_XDP_INDEX(adapter, i) && adapter->ena_napi[i].xdp_ring
which indicates an unwanted situation.
Also, change the structure of the function. The napi handler is
unregistered for all rings, and so there's no need to check whether the
index is an XDP index or not. By removing this check the code becomes
much more readable.
Fixes: 548c4940b9 ("net: ena: Implement XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reset work is scheduled by the timer routine whenever it
detects that a device reset is required (e.g. when a keep_alive signal
is missing).
When releasing device resources in ena_destroy_device() the driver
cancels the scheduling of the timer routine without destroying the reset
work explicitly.
This creates the following bug:
The driver is suspended and the ena_suspend() function is called
-> This function calls ena_destroy_device() to free the net device
resources
-> The driver waits for the timer routine to finish
its execution and then cancels it, thus preventing from it
to be called again.
If, in its final execution, the timer routine schedules a reset,
the reset routine might be called afterwards,and a redundant call to
ena_restore_device() would be made.
By changing the reset routine we allow it to read the device's state
accurately.
This is achieved by checking whether ENA_FLAG_TRIGGER_RESET flag is set
before resetting the device and making both the destruction function and
the flag check are under rtnl lock.
The ENA_FLAG_TRIGGER_RESET is cleared at the end of the destruction
routine. Also surround the flag check with 'likely' because
we expect that the reset routine would be called only when
ENA_FLAG_TRIGGER_RESET flag is set.
The destruction of the timer and reset services in __ena_shutoff() have to
stay, even though the timer routine is destroyed in ena_destroy_device().
This is to avoid a case in which the reset routine is scheduled after
free_netdev() in __ena_shutoff(), which would create an access to freed
memory in adapter->flags.
Fixes: 8c5c7abdeb ("net: ena: add power management ops to the ENA driver")
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After making use of the gro_flush_timeout attribute I once got a
tx timeout due to an interrupt that wasn't handled. Seems using
irq_enabled can be racy, and it's not needed any longer anyway,
so remove it. I've never seen a report about such a race before,
therefore treat the change as an improvement.
There's just one small drawback: If a legacy PCI interrupt is used,
and if this interrupt is shared with a device with high interrupt
rate, then we may handle interrupts even if NAPI disabled them,
and we may see a certain performance decrease under high network load.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the return value of napi_complete_done(), this allows users to
use the gro_flush_timeout sysfs attribute as an alternative to classic
interrupt coalescing.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every iteration of for_each_available_child_of_node() decrements
reference count of the previous node, however when control
is transferred from the middle of the loop, as in the case of
a return or break or goto, there is no decrement thus ultimately
resulting in a memory leak.
Fix a potential memory leak in gianfar.c by inserting of_node_put()
before the goto statement.
Issue found with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Sumera Priyadarsini <sylphrenadin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even after Tx queues are marked stopped, there exists a
small window where the current packet in the normal Tx
path is still being sent out and loopback selftest ends
up corrupting the same Tx ring. So, ensure selftest takes
the Tx lock to synchronize access the Tx ring.
Fixes: 7235ffae3d ("cxgb4: add loopback ethtool self-test")
Signed-off-by: Ganji Aravind <ganji.aravind@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Work request used for sending loopback packet needs to add
the firmware work request only once. So, fix by using
correct structure size.
Fixes: 7235ffae3d ("cxgb4: add loopback ethtool self-test")
Signed-off-by: Ganji Aravind <ganji.aravind@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a couple of unused #defines in cs89x0.h.
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If efx_nic_init_interrupt fails, or was never run (e.g. due to an earlier
failure in ef100_net_open), freeing irqs in efx_nic_fini_interrupt is not
needed and will cause error messages and stack traces.
So instead, only do this if efx_nic_init_interrupt successfully completed,
as indicated by the new efx->irqs_hooked flag.
Fixes: 965b549f3c ("sfc_ef100: implement ndo_open/close and EVQ probing")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an ef100_net_open() fails, ef100_net_stop() may be called without
channel->rps_flow_id having been written; thus it may hold the address
freed by a previous ef100_net_stop()'s call to efx_remove_filters().
This then causes a double-free when efx_remove_filters() is called
again, leading to a panic.
To prevent this, after freeing it, overwrite it with NULL.
Fixes: a9dc3d5612 ("sfc_ef100: RX filter table management and related gubbins")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When downing and upping the ef100 filter table, we need to take a write
lock on efx->filter_sem, not just a read lock, because we may kfree()
the table pointers.
Without this, resets cause a WARN_ON from efx_rwsem_assert_write_locked().
Fixes: a9dc3d5612 ("sfc_ef100: RX filter table management and related gubbins")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actually hook up the .rx_buf_hash_valid method in EF100's nic_type.
Fixes: 068885434c ("sfc: check hash is valid before using it")
Reported-by: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ixgbe_fcoe_ddp_setup() can be called from the main I/O path and is called
with a spin_lock held, so we have to use GFP_ATOMIC allocation instead of
GFP_KERNEL.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1596831813-9839-1-git-send-email-michael.christie@oracle.com
cc: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lee Duncan <lduncan@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michael.christie@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
A multiplication for the size determination of a memory allocation
indicated that an array data structure should be processed.
Thus use the corresponding function "devm_kcalloc".
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/8390/axnet_cs.c:907: warning: Function parameter or member 'txqueue' not described in 'axnet_tx_timeout'
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: William Lee <william@asix.com.tw>
Cc: "A. Hinds --" <dahinds@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: reached at <becker@scyld.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c574_cs.c: In function ‘update_stats’:
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c574_cs.c:954:9: warning: variable ‘tx’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
954 | u8 rx, tx, up;
| ^~
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c574_cs.c:954:5: warning: variable ‘rx’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
954 | u8 rx, tx, up;
| ^~
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Donald Becker <becker@scyld.com>
Cc: David Hinds <dahinds@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the error path for regulator disable.
Fixes: 9269e5560b ("net: fec: add phy-reset-gpios PROBE_DEFER check")
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-08-14
This series contains updates to i40e and igc drivers.
Vinicius fixes an issue with PTP spinlock being accessed before
initialization.
Przemyslaw fixes an issue with trusted VFs seeing additional traffic.
Grzegorz adds a wait for pending resets on driver removal to prevent
null pointer dereference.
v2: Fix function parameter for hw/aq in patch 2. Fix fixes tag in patch 3.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trusted VF with unicast promiscuous mode set, could listen to TX
traffic of other VFs.
Set unicast promiscuous mode to RX traffic, if VSI has port VLAN
configured. Rename misleading I40E_AQC_SET_VSI_PROMISC_TX bit to
I40E_AQC_SET_VSI_PROMISC_RX_ONLY. Aligned unicast promiscuous with
VLAN to the one without VLAN.
Fixes: 6c41a76069 ("i40e: Add promiscuous on VLAN support")
Fixes: 3b1200891b ("i40e: When in promisc mode apply promisc mode to Tx Traffic as well")
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Patynowski <przemyslawx.patynowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
On EF100, the RX hash field in the packet prefix may not be valid (e.g.
if the header parse failed), and this is indicated by a one-bit flag
elsewhere in the packet prefix. Only call skb_set_hash() if the
RSS_HASH_VALID bit is set.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Some merge window fallout, some longer term fixes:
1) Handle headroom properly in lapbether and x25_asy drivers, from
Xie He.
2) Fetch MAC address from correct r8152 device node, from Thierry
Reding.
3) In the sw kTLS path we should allow MSG_CMSG_COMPAT in sendmsg,
from Rouven Czerwinski.
4) Correct fdputs in socket layer, from Miaohe Lin.
5) Revert troublesome sockptr_t optimization, from Christoph Hellwig.
6) Fix TCP TFO key reading on big endian, from Jason Baron.
7) Missing CAP_NET_RAW check in nfc, from Qingyu Li.
8) Fix inet fastreuse optimization with tproxy sockets, from Tim
Froidcoeur.
9) Fix 64-bit divide in new SFC driver, from Edward Cree.
10) Add a tracepoint for prandom_u32 so that we can more easily
perform usage analysis. From Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix rwlock imbalance in AF_PACKET, from John Ogness"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (49 commits)
net: openvswitch: introduce common code for flushing flows
af_packet: TPACKET_V3: fix fill status rwlock imbalance
random32: add a tracepoint for prandom_u32()
Revert "ipv4: tunnel: fix compilation on ARCH=um"
net: accept an empty mask in /sys/class/net/*/queues/rx-*/rps_cpus
net: ethernet: stmmac: Disable hardware multicast filter
net: stmmac: dwmac1000: provide multicast filter fallback
ipv4: tunnel: fix compilation on ARCH=um
vsock: fix potential null pointer dereference in vsock_poll()
sfc: fix ef100 design-param checking
net: initialize fastreuse on inet_inherit_port
net: refactor bind_bucket fastreuse into helper
net: phy: marvell10g: fix null pointer dereference
net: Fix potential memory leak in proto_register()
net: qcom/emac: add missed clk_disable_unprepare in error path of emac_clks_phase1_init
ionic_lif: Use devm_kcalloc() in ionic_qcq_alloc()
net/nfc/rawsock.c: add CAP_NET_RAW check.
hinic: fix strncpy output truncated compile warnings
drivers/net/wan/x25_asy: Added needed_headroom and a skb->len check
net/tls: Fix kmap usage
...
The IPQ806x does not appear to have a functional multicast ethernet
address filter. This was observed as a failure to correctly receive IPv6
packets on a LAN to the all stations address. Checking the vendor driver
shows that it does not attempt to enable the multicast filter and
instead falls back to receiving all multicast packets, internally
setting ALLMULTI.
Use the new fallback support in the dwmac1000 driver to correctly
achieve the same with the mainline IPQ806x driver. Confirmed to fix IPv6
functionality on an RB3011 router.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we don't have a hardware multicast filter available then instead of
silently failing to listen for the requested ethernet broadcast
addresses fall back to receiving all multicast packets, in a similar
fashion to other drivers with no multicast filter.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handling of the RXQ/TXQ size granularity design-params had two
problems: it had a 64-bit divide that didn't build on 32-bit platforms,
and it could divide by zero if the NIC supplied 0 as the value of the
design-param. Fix both by checking for 0 and for a granularity bigger
than our min-size; if the granularity <= EFX_MIN_DMAQ_SIZE then it fits
in 32 bits, so we can cast it to u32 for the divide.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the missing clk_disable_unprepare() before return
from emac_clks_phase1_init() in the error handling case.
Fixes: b9b17debc6 ("net: emac: emac gigabit ethernet controller driver")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A multiplication for the size determination of a memory allocation
indicated that an array data structure should be processed.
Thus use the corresponding function "devm_kcalloc".
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the compile warnings of 'strncpy' output truncated before
terminating nul copying N bytes from a string of the same length
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge misc updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few MM hotfixes
- kthread, tools, scripts, ntfs and ocfs2
- some of MM
Subsystems affected by this patch series: kthread, tools, scripts, ntfs,
ocfs2 and mm (hofixes, pagealloc, slab-generic, slab, slub, kcsan,
debug, pagecache, gup, swap, shmem, memcg, pagemap, mremap, mincore,
sparsemem, vmalloc, kasan, pagealloc, hugetlb and vmscan).
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (162 commits)
mm: vmscan: consistent update to pgrefill
mm/vmscan.c: fix typo
khugepaged: khugepaged_test_exit() check mmget_still_valid()
khugepaged: retract_page_tables() remember to test exit
khugepaged: collapse_pte_mapped_thp() protect the pmd lock
khugepaged: collapse_pte_mapped_thp() flush the right range
mm/hugetlb: fix calculation of adjust_range_if_pmd_sharing_possible
mm: thp: replace HTTP links with HTTPS ones
mm/page_alloc: fix memalloc_nocma_{save/restore} APIs
mm/page_alloc.c: skip setting nodemask when we are in interrupt
mm/page_alloc: fallbacks at most has 3 elements
mm/page_alloc: silence a KASAN false positive
mm/page_alloc.c: remove unnecessary end_bitidx for [set|get]_pfnblock_flags_mask()
mm/page_alloc.c: simplify pageblock bitmap access
mm/page_alloc.c: extract the common part in pfn_to_bitidx()
mm/page_alloc.c: replace the definition of NR_MIGRATETYPE_BITS with PB_migratetype_bits
mm/shuffle: remove dynamic reconfiguration
mm/memory_hotplug: document why shuffle_zone() is relevant
mm/page_alloc: remove nr_free_pagecache_pages()
mm: remove vm_total_pages
...
As said by Linus:
A symmetric naming is only helpful if it implies symmetries in use.
Otherwise it's actively misleading.
In "kzalloc()", the z is meaningful and an important part of what the
caller wants.
In "kzfree()", the z is actively detrimental, because maybe in the
future we really _might_ want to use that "memfill(0xdeadbeef)" or
something. The "zero" part of the interface isn't even _relevant_.
The main reason that kzfree() exists is to clear sensitive information
that should not be leaked to other future users of the same memory
objects.
Rename kzfree() to kfree_sensitive() to follow the example of the recently
added kvfree_sensitive() and make the intention of the API more explicit.
In addition, memzero_explicit() is used to clear the memory to make sure
that it won't get optimized away by the compiler.
The renaming is done by using the command sequence:
git grep -w --name-only kzfree |\
xargs sed -i 's/kzfree/kfree_sensitive/'
followed by some editing of the kfree_sensitive() kerneldoc and adding
a kzfree backward compatibility macro in slab.h.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fs/crypto/inline_crypt.c needs linux/slab.h]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/crypto/inline_crypt.c some more]
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Waiman Long <longman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: "Serge E. Hallyn" <serge@hallyn.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: "Jason A . Donenfeld" <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200616154311.12314-3-longman@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
drivers cleanup (Andrzej Pietrasiewicz)
- Add generic netlink support for userspace notifications: events, temperature
and discovery commands (Daniel Lezcano)
- Fix redundant initialization for a ret variable (Colin Ian King)
- Remove the clock cooling code as it is used nowhere (Amit Kucheria)
- Add the rcar_gen3_thermal's r8a774e1 support (Marian-Cristian Rotariu)
- Replace all references to thermal.txt in the documentation to the
corresponding yaml files (Amit Kucheria)
- Add maintainer entry for the IPA (Lukasz Luba)
- Add support for MSM8939 for the tsens (Shawn Guo)
- Update power allocator and devfreq cooling to SPDX licensing (Lukasz Luba)
- Add Cannon Lake Low Power PCH support (Sumeet Pawnikar)
- Add tsensor support for V2 mediatek thermal system (Henry Yen)
- Fix thermal zone lookup by ID for the core code (Thierry Reding)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGn3N4YVz0WNVyHskqDIjiipP6E8FAl8q7tsACgkQqDIjiipP
6E+5Rwf7BFEn5YXPvng8cmnAlgvEBc9DdT6mGSo0NpFm9MdUxXlaqvw3WWSGyqWQ
+z0Ka7lmn5XyiMsVN11++Snp+79X17HzZf9SXO3glyIpAn+5prTDRhzzj0/jPrtS
sEeI++DrILsKKMGVljzftLmwNJN9DkUDNcnmWmZdCDbYVEKtP9Pjf2wBjAnXj7sX
JA3CkHRMwYLEQbfaKz37M11cYM+LqbDOlb6U11YWgAGGJ7d7zNYRf2/YSYPM4AN6
iE6j0E+3jIlXesULsap1AzeJaBq+wFxj1FL2TUZ8KscvRrm3AucqzNAT2M/Bc5Az
XLKKzc6Gp9JfqB5KXhX2EDu7VRnDBg==
=cSMN
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'thermal-v5.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/thermal/linux
Pull thermal updates from Daniel Lezcano:
- Add support to enable/disable the thermal zones resulting on core
code and drivers cleanup (Andrzej Pietrasiewicz)
- Add generic netlink support for userspace notifications: events,
temperature and discovery commands (Daniel Lezcano)
- Fix redundant initialization for a ret variable (Colin Ian King)
- Remove the clock cooling code as it is used nowhere (Amit Kucheria)
- Add the rcar_gen3_thermal's r8a774e1 support (Marian-Cristian
Rotariu)
- Replace all references to thermal.txt in the documentation to the
corresponding yaml files (Amit Kucheria)
- Add maintainer entry for the IPA (Lukasz Luba)
- Add support for MSM8939 for the tsens (Shawn Guo)
- Update power allocator and devfreq cooling to SPDX licensing (Lukasz
Luba)
- Add Cannon Lake Low Power PCH support (Sumeet Pawnikar)
- Add tsensor support for V2 mediatek thermal system (Henry Yen)
- Fix thermal zone lookup by ID for the core code (Thierry Reding)
* tag 'thermal-v5.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/thermal/linux: (40 commits)
thermal: intel: intel_pch_thermal: Add Cannon Lake Low Power PCH support
thermal: mediatek: Add tsensor support for V2 thermal system
thermal: mediatek: Prepare to add support for other platforms
thermal: Update power allocator and devfreq cooling to SPDX licensing
MAINTAINERS: update entry to thermal governors file name prefixing
thermal: core: Add thermal zone enable/disable notification
thermal: qcom: tsens-v0_1: Add support for MSM8939
dt-bindings: tsens: qcom: Document MSM8939 compatible
thermal: core: Fix thermal zone lookup by ID
thermal: int340x: processor_thermal: fix: update Jasper Lake PCI id
thermal: imx8mm: Support module autoloading
thermal: ti-soc-thermal: Fix reversed condition in ti_thermal_expose_sensor()
MAINTAINERS: Add maintenance information for IPA
thermal: rcar_gen3_thermal: Do not shadow thcode variable
dt-bindings: thermal: Get rid of thermal.txt and replace references
thermal: core: Move initialization after core initcall
thermal: netlink: Improve the initcall ordering
net: genetlink: Move initialization to core_initcall
thermal: rcar_gen3_thermal: Add r8a774e1 support
thermal/drivers/clock_cooling: Remove clock_cooling code
...
Smaller set of RDMA updates. A smaller number of 'big topics' with the
majority of changes being driver updates.
- Driver updates for hfi1, rxe, mlx5, hns, qedr, usnic, bnxt_re
- Removal of dead or redundant code across the drivers
- RAW resource tracker dumps to include a device specific data blob for
device objects to aide device debugging
- Further advance the IOCTL interface, remove the ability to turn it off.
Add QUERY_CONTEXT, QUERY_MR, and QUERY_PD commands
- Remove stubs related to devices with no pkey table
- A shared CQ scheme to allow multiple ULPs to share the CQ rings of a
device to give higher performance
- Several more static checker, syzkaller and rare crashers fixed
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=0z2L
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"A quiet cycle after the larger 5.8 effort. Substantially cleanup and
driver work with a few smaller features this time.
- Driver updates for hfi1, rxe, mlx5, hns, qedr, usnic, bnxt_re
- Removal of dead or redundant code across the drivers
- RAW resource tracker dumps to include a device specific data blob
for device objects to aide device debugging
- Further advance the IOCTL interface, remove the ability to turn it
off. Add QUERY_CONTEXT, QUERY_MR, and QUERY_PD commands
- Remove stubs related to devices with no pkey table
- A shared CQ scheme to allow multiple ULPs to share the CQ rings of
a device to give higher performance
- Several more static checker, syzkaller and rare crashers fixed"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (121 commits)
RDMA/mlx5: Fix flow destination setting for RDMA TX flow table
RDMA/rxe: Remove pkey table
RDMA/umem: Add a schedule point in ib_umem_get()
RDMA/hns: Fix the unneeded process when getting a general type of CQE error
RDMA/hns: Fix error during modify qp RTS2RTS
RDMA/hns: Delete unnecessary memset when allocating VF resource
RDMA/hns: Remove redundant parameters in set_rc_wqe()
RDMA/hns: Remove support for HIP08_A
RDMA/hns: Refactor hns_roce_v2_set_hem()
RDMA/hns: Remove redundant hardware opcode definitions
RDMA/netlink: Remove CAP_NET_RAW check when dump a raw QP
RDMA/include: Replace license text with SPDX tags
RDMA/rtrs: remove WQ_MEM_RECLAIM for rtrs_wq
RDMA/rtrs-clt: add an additional random 8 seconds before reconnecting
RDMA/cma: Execute rdma_cm destruction from a handler properly
RDMA/cma: Remove unneeded locking for req paths
RDMA/cma: Using the standard locking pattern when delivering the removal event
RDMA/cma: Simplify DEVICE_REMOVAL for internal_id
RDMA/efa: Add EFA 0xefa1 PCI ID
RDMA/efa: User/kernel compatibility handshake mechanism
...
There is a spelling mistake in a dev_err message. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support 6Ghz band in ath11k driver, from Rajkumar Manoharan.
2) Support UDP segmentation in code TSO code, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Allow flashing different flash images in cxgb4 driver, from Vishal
Kulkarni.
4) Add drop frames counter and flow status to tc flower offloading,
from Po Liu.
5) Support n-tuple filters in cxgb4, from Vishal Kulkarni.
6) Various new indirect call avoidance, from Eric Dumazet and Brian
Vazquez.
7) Fix BPF verifier failures on 32-bit pointer arithmetic, from
Yonghong Song.
8) Support querying and setting hardware address of a port function via
devlink, use this in mlx5, from Parav Pandit.
9) Support hw ipsec offload on bonding slaves, from Jarod Wilson.
10) Switch qca8k driver over to phylink, from Jonathan McDowell.
11) In bpftool, show list of processes holding BPF FD references to
maps, programs, links, and btf objects. From Andrii Nakryiko.
12) Several conversions over to generic power management, from Vaibhav
Gupta.
13) Add support for SO_KEEPALIVE et al. to bpf_setsockopt(), from Dmitry
Yakunin.
14) Various https url conversions, from Alexander A. Klimov.
15) Timestamping and PHC support for mscc PHY driver, from Antoine
Tenart.
16) Support bpf iterating over tcp and udp sockets, from Yonghong Song.
17) Support 5GBASE-T i40e NICs, from Aleksandr Loktionov.
18) Add kTLS RX HW offload support to mlx5e, from Tariq Toukan.
19) Fix the ->ndo_start_xmit() return type to be netdev_tx_t in several
drivers. From Luc Van Oostenryck.
20) XDP support for xen-netfront, from Denis Kirjanov.
21) Support receive buffer autotuning in MPTCP, from Florian Westphal.
22) Support EF100 chip in sfc driver, from Edward Cree.
23) Add XDP support to mvpp2 driver, from Matteo Croce.
24) Support MPTCP in sock_diag, from Paolo Abeni.
25) Commonize UDP tunnel offloading code by creating udp_tunnel_nic
infrastructure, from Jakub Kicinski.
26) Several pci_ --> dma_ API conversions, from Christophe JAILLET.
27) Add FLOW_ACTION_POLICE support to mlxsw, from Ido Schimmel.
28) Add SK_LOOKUP bpf program type, from Jakub Sitnicki.
29) Refactor a lot of networking socket option handling code in order to
avoid set_fs() calls, from Christoph Hellwig.
30) Add rfc4884 support to icmp code, from Willem de Bruijn.
31) Support TBF offload in dpaa2-eth driver, from Ioana Ciornei.
32) Support XDP_REDIRECT in qede driver, from Alexander Lobakin.
33) Support PCI relaxed ordering in mlx5 driver, from Aya Levin.
34) Support TCP syncookies in MPTCP, from Flowian Westphal.
35) Fix several tricky cases of PMTU handling wrt. briding, from Stefano
Brivio.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (2056 commits)
net: thunderx: initialize VF's mailbox mutex before first usage
usb: hso: remove bogus check for EINPROGRESS
usb: hso: no complaint about kmalloc failure
hso: fix bailout in error case of probe
ip_tunnel_core: Fix build for archs without _HAVE_ARCH_IPV6_CSUM
selftests/net: relax cpu affinity requirement in msg_zerocopy test
mptcp: be careful on subflow creation
selftests: rtnetlink: make kci_test_encap() return sub-test result
selftests: rtnetlink: correct the final return value for the test
net: dsa: sja1105: use detected device id instead of DT one on mismatch
tipc: set ub->ifindex for local ipv6 address
ipv6: add ipv6_dev_find()
net: openvswitch: silence suspicious RCU usage warning
Revert "vxlan: fix tos value before xmit"
ptp: only allow phase values lower than 1 period
farsync: switch from 'pci_' to 'dma_' API
wan: wanxl: switch from 'pci_' to 'dma_' API
hv_netvsc: do not use VF device if link is down
dpaa2-eth: Fix passing zero to 'PTR_ERR' warning
net: macb: Properly handle phylink on at91sam9x
...
Fix smatch warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa2/dpaa2-eth.c:2419
alloc_channel() warn: passing zero to 'ERR_PTR'
setup_dpcon() should return ERR_PTR(err) instead of zero in error
handling case.
Fixes: d7f5a9d89a ("dpaa2-eth: defer probe on object allocate")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I just recently noticed that ethernet does not work anymore since v5.5
on the GARDENA smart Gateway, which is based on the AT91SAM9G25.
Debugging showed that the "GEM bits" in the NCFGR register are now
unconditionally accessed, which is incorrect for the !macb_is_gem()
case.
This patch adds the macb_is_gem() checks back to the code
(in macb_mac_config() & macb_mac_link_up()), so that the GEM register
bits are not accessed in this case any more.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Reto Schneider <reto.schneider@husqvarnagroup.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A dead lock was triggered on thunderx driver:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
[01] lock(&(&nic->rx_mode_wq_lock)->rlock);
[11] lock(&(&mc->mca_lock)->rlock);
[12] lock(&(&nic->rx_mode_wq_lock)->rlock);
[02] <Interrupt> lock(&(&mc->mca_lock)->rlock);
The path for each is:
[01] worker_thread() -> process_one_work() -> nicvf_set_rx_mode_task()
[02] mld_ifc_timer_expire()
[11] ipv6_add_dev() -> ipv6_dev_mc_inc() -> igmp6_group_added() ->
[12] dev_mc_add() -> __dev_set_rx_mode() -> nicvf_set_rx_mode()
To fix it, it needs to disable bh on [1], so that the timer on [2]
wouldn't be triggered until rx_mode_wq_lock is released. So change
to use spin_lock_bh() instead of spin_lock().
Thanks to Paolo for helping with this.
v1->v2:
- post to netdev.
Reported-by: Rafael P. <rparrazo@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Dean Nelson <dnelson@redhat.com>
Fixes: 469998c861 ("net: thunderx: prevent concurrent data re-writing by nicvf_set_rx_mode")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netdev_<level> in place of VELOCITY_PRT.
Use pr_<level> in place of printk(KERN_<LEVEL>.
Miscellanea:
o Add pr_fmt to prefix pr_<level> output with "via-velocity: "
o Remove now unused functions and macros
o Realign some logging lines
o Remove devname where pr_<level> is also used
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF should check whether the cmd from VF is supported and its content
is right before passing it to hw.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to generate mailbox random id of VF to ensure that
mailbox messages PF received are from the correct VF.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-08-04
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 73 non-merge commits during the last 9 day(s) which contain
a total of 135 files changed, 4603 insertions(+), 1013 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Implement bpf_link support for XDP. Also add LINK_DETACH operation for the BPF
syscall allowing processes with BPF link FD to force-detach, from Andrii Nakryiko.
2) Add BPF iterator for map elements and to iterate all BPF programs for efficient
in-kernel inspection, from Yonghong Song and Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Separate bpf_get_{stack,stackid}() helpers for perf events in BPF to avoid
unwinder errors, from Song Liu.
4) Allow cgroup local storage map to be shared between programs on the same
cgroup. Also extend BPF selftests with coverage, from YiFei Zhu.
5) Add BPF exception tables to ARM64 JIT in order to be able to JIT BPF_PROBE_MEM
load instructions, from Jean-Philippe Brucker.
6) Follow-up fixes on BPF socket lookup in combination with reuseport group
handling. Also add related BPF selftests, from Jakub Sitnicki.
7) Allow to use socket storage in BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK-typed programs for
socket create/release as well as bind functions, from Stanislav Fomichev.
8) Fix an info leak in xsk_getsockopt() when retrieving XDP stats via old struct
xdp_statistics, from Peilin Ye.
9) Fix PT_REGS_RC{,_CORE}() macros in libbpf for MIPS arch, from Jerry Crunchtime.
10) Extend BPF kernel test infra with skb->family and skb->{local,remote}_ip{4,6}
fields and allow user space to specify skb->dev via ifindex, from Dmitry Yakunin.
11) Fix a bpftool segfault due to missing program type name and make it more robust
to prevent them in future gaps, from Quentin Monnet.
12) Consolidate cgroup helper functions across selftests and fix a v6 localhost
resolver issue, from John Fastabend.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patchset introduces some updates to mlx5 driver.
1) Jakub converts mlx5 to use the new udp tunnel infrastructure.
Starting with a hack to allow drivers to request a static configuration
of the default vxlan port, and then a patch that converts mlx5.
2) Parav implements change_carrier ndo for VF eswitch representors,
to speedup link state control of representors netdevices.
3) Alex Vesker, makes a simple update to software steering to fix an issue
with push vlan action sequence
4) Leon removes a redundant dump stack on error flow.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8oRdgACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4/LQgAkSjNzOaS7bVDzhoYL3aBQOMIzgocJUeVi7xXH8IO1uy55mNDrKBqjxbW
dy9U9VsvV5i2V2qkkQLvHVkoDSg8Buo2Uxu4OrZHOLN0KfbFrra4VvmB1CzEBix8
FICnQaZZcE7529P04TgZ8Mo9vRb5VdJFhqED5Nvegy+y8FolEsQYbjIoDBE6wa0j
Meqa/29+XCE5FzTOjbbQWizAnRZMbkxtSSreDNgeHxke9eMSO+fmwKScng63QUfl
7nfU6dW6A0d1kHhpL5RqAFOcmkpSdqYaA3SA+/8pPT9X3yOAkxE6KTKGIixpB9JX
zQt+Wkna49jJ/JfDQB5vgww5c0HjAQ==
=j0fG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-08-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-08-03
This patchset introduces some updates to mlx5 driver.
1) Jakub converts mlx5 to use the new udp tunnel infrastructure.
Starting with a hack to allow drivers to request a static configuration
of the default vxlan port, and then a patch that converts mlx5.
2) Parav implements change_carrier ndo for VF eswitch representors,
to speedup link state control of representors netdevices.
3) Alex Vesker, makes a simple update to software steering to fix an issue
with push vlan action sequence
4) Leon removes a redundant dump stack on error flow.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't yet have a .sriov_configure() to create them, though.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Self-tests for event and interrupt reception and NVRAM.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MAC stats work much the same as on EF10, with a periodic DMA to a region
specified via an MCDI.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring down the TX and RX queues at ifdown, so that we can then fini the
EVQs (otherwise the MC would return EBUSY because they're still in use).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Includes checksum offload and TSO, so declare those in our netdev features.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several parts of the EF100 architecture are parameterised (to allow
varying capabilities on FPGAs according to resource constraints), and
these parameters are exposed to the driver through a TLV-encoded
region of the BAR.
For the most part we either don't care about these values at all or
just need to sanity-check them against the driver's assumptions, but
there are a number of TSO limits which we record so that we will be
able to check against them in the TX path when handling GSO skbs.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the future, EF100 is planned to have a credit-based scheme for
handling unsolicited events, which drivers will need to use in order
to function correctly. However, current EF100 hardware does not yet
generate unsolicited events and the credit scheme has not yet been
implemented in firmware. To prevent compatibility problems later if
the current driver is used with future firmware which does implement
it, we check for the corresponding capability flag (which that
future firmware will set), and if found, we refuse to probe.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Early in EF100 development there was a different format of event
descriptor; if the NIC is somehow running the very old firmware
which will use that format, fail the probe.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver calls napi_schedule_irqoff() from a context where, in RT,
hardirqs are not disabled, since the IRQ handler is force-threaded.
In the call path of this function, __raise_softirq_irqoff() is modifying
its per-CPU mask of pending softirqs that must be processed, using
or_softirq_pending(). The or_softirq_pending() function is not atomic,
but since interrupts are supposed to be disabled, nobody should be
preempting it, and the operation should be safe.
Nonetheless, when running with hardirqs on, as in the PREEMPT_RT case,
it isn't safe, and the pending softirqs mask can get corrupted,
resulting in softirqs being lost and never processed.
To have common code that works with PREEMPT_RT and with mainline Linux,
we can use plain napi_schedule() instead. The difference is that
napi_schedule() (via __napi_schedule) also calls local_irq_save, which
disables hardirqs if they aren't already. But, since they already are
disabled in non-RT, this means that in practice we don't see any
measurable difference in throughput or latency with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jiafei Pan <Jiafei.Pan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver calls napi_schedule_irqoff() from a context where, in RT,
hardirqs are not disabled, since the IRQ handler is force-threaded.
In the call path of this function, __raise_softirq_irqoff() is modifying
its per-CPU mask of pending softirqs that must be processed, using
or_softirq_pending(). The or_softirq_pending() function is not atomic,
but since interrupts are supposed to be disabled, nobody should be
preempting it, and the operation should be safe.
Nonetheless, when running with hardirqs on, as in the PREEMPT_RT case,
it isn't safe, and the pending softirqs mask can get corrupted,
resulting in softirqs being lost and never processed.
To have common code that works with PREEMPT_RT and with mainline Linux,
we can use plain napi_schedule() instead. The difference is that
napi_schedule() (via __napi_schedule) also calls local_irq_save, which
disables hardirqs if they aren't already. But, since they already are
disabled in non-RT, this means that in practice we don't see any
measurable difference in throughput or latency with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jiafei Pan <Jiafei.Pan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Matching IPv6 traffic require allocating their own individual slots
in TCAM. So, fetch additional slots to insert IPv6 rules. Also, fetch
the cumulative stats of all the slots occupied by the Matchall rule.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading action trap on a qevent, pass to_dev of NULL to the SPAN
module to trigger the mirror to the CPU port. Query the buffer drops
policer and use it for policing of the trapped traffic.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As previously explained, packets that are dropped due to buffer related
reasons (e.g., tail drop, early drop) can be mirrored to the CPU port.
These packets are then trapped with one of the "mirror session" traps
and their CQE includes the reason for which the packet was mirrored.
Register with devlink a new trap, early_drop, and initialize the
corresponding Rx listener with the appropriate mirror reason. Return an
error in case user tries to change the traps' action, as this is not
supported.
Since Spectrum-1 does not support these traps, the above is only done
for Spectrum-2 onwards.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Subsequent patches will need to register different traps for Spectrum-1
and Spectrum-2 onwards.
Enable that by invoking a per-ASIC operation during traps
initialization.
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Subsequent patches will need to register different trap groups for
Spectrum-1 and Spectrum-2 onwards.
Enable that by invoking a per-ASIC operation during trap groups
initialization.
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When unsetting policer base, the SPAN code currently uses refcount_dec().
However that function splats when the counter reaches zero, because
reaching zero without actually testing is in general indicative of a
missing cleanup. There is no cleanup to be done here, but nonetheless, use
refcount_dec_and_test() as required.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use 'size_t' instead of 'u64' for array sizes, as this this is correct
type to use for expressions involving sizeof().
Suggested-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch will refuse to set the action of certain traps in mlxsw
and also to change the policer binding of certain groups. Pass extack so
that failure could be communicated clearly to user space.
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the latest net-next tree, if test suspend/resume after enabling
WOL, we get error as below:
[ 487.086365] dpm_run_callback(): mdio_bus_suspend+0x0/0x30 returns -16
[ 487.086375] PM: Device stmmac-0:00 failed to suspend: error -16
-16 means -EBUSY, this is because I didn't enable wakeup of the correct
device when implementing phy based WOL feature. To be honest, I caught
the issue when implementing phy based WOL and then fix it locally, but
forgot to amend the phy based wol patch. Today, I found the issue by
testing net-next tree.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix memory allocation for ethernet address hash table.
The code was wrongly allocating an array for eth hash table which
is incorrect because this is the main structure for eth hash table
(struct eth_hash_t) that contains inside a number of elements.
Fixes: 57ba4c9b56 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a safe check to avoid dereferencing null pointer
Fixes: 57ba4c9b56 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parameter 'priority' is incorrectly forced to zero which ultimately
induces logically dead code in the subsequent lines.
Fixes: 57ba4c9b56 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check before using returned value to avoid dereferencing null pointer.
Fixes: 18a6c85fcc ("fsl/fman: Add FMan Port Support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Potentially overflowing expression (ts_freq << 16 and intgr << 16)
declared as type u32 (32-bit unsigned) is evaluated using 32-bit
arithmetic and then used in a context that expects an expression of
type u64 (64-bit unsigned) which ultimately is used as 16-bit
unsigned by typecasting to u16. Fixed by using an unsigned 32-bit
integer since the value is truncated anyway in the end.
Fixes: 414fd46e77 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid a memset after a call to 'dma_alloc_coherent()'.
This is useless since
commit 518a2f1925 ("dma-mapping: zero memory returned from dma_alloc_*")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the size used in 'dma_free_coherent()' in order to match the one
used in the corresponding 'dma_alloc_coherent()', in
'spider_net_init_chain()'.
Fixes: d4ed8f8d1f ("Spidernet DMA coalescing")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the size used in 'dma_free_coherent()' in order to match the one
used in the corresponding 'dma_alloc_coherent()'.
Fixes: 369a782af0 ("net: sgi: ioc3-eth: ensure tx ring is 16k aligned.")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On an error exit path, a negative error code should be returned
instead of a positive return value.
Fixes: 0c45d7fe12 ("liquidio: fix use of pf in pass-through mode in a virtual machine")
Cc: Rick Farrington <ricardo.farrington@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of invalid rule, a positive value EINVAL is returned here.
I think this is a typo error. It is necessary to return an error value.
Cc: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function hw_atl_a0_hw_multicast_list_set(), when an invalid
request is encountered, a negative error code should be returned.
Fixes: bab6de8fd1 ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Atlantic A0 and B0 specific functions")
Cc: David VomLehn <vomlehn@texas.net>
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-08-01
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Wei Yongjun marks power management functions with __maybe_unused.
Nick disables VLAN pruning in promiscuous mode and renames grst_delay to
grst_timeout.
Kiran modifies the check for linearization and corrects the vsi_id mask
value.
Vignesh replaces the use of flow profile locks to RSS profile locks for RSS
rule removal. Destroys flow profile lock on clearing XLT table and
clears extraction sequence entries.
Jesse adds some statistics and removes an unreported one.
Brett allows for 2 queue configuration for VFs.
Surabhi adds a check for failed allocation of an extraction sequence
table.
Tony updates the PTYPE lookup table and makes other trivial fixes.
Victor extends profile ID locks to be held until all references are
completed.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit c8729cac2a ("cxgb4: add ethtool n-tuple filter insertion")
has removed checking control key for determining IP address types
for TC-FLOWER rules, which causes all the rules being inserted to
hardware to become IPv6 rule type always. So, add back the check
to select the correct IP address type to extract and hence fix the
correct rule type being inserted to hardware.
Also, ethtool_rx_flow_key doesn't have any control key and instead
directly sets the IPv4/IPv6 address keys. So, explicitly set the
IP address type for ethtool n-tuple filters to reuse the same code.
Fixes: c8729cac2a ("cxgb4: add ethtool n-tuple filter insertion")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag indicating the selftest to run is a bitmask. So, fix the
check. Also, the selftests will fail if adapter initialization has
not been completed yet. So, add appropriate check and bail sooner.
Fixes: 7235ffae3d ("cxgb4: add loopback ethtool self-test")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the capability to split the Tx queues onto their own
interrupts with their own napi contexts. This gives the
opportunity for more direct control of Tx interrupt
handling, such as CPU affinity and interrupt coalescing,
useful for some traffic loads.
v2: use ethtool -L, not a vendor specific priv-flag
v3: simplify logging, drop unnecessary "no-change" tests
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We give the tx clean path its own budget and service routine in
order to give a little more leeway to be more aggressive, and
in preparation for coming changes. We've found this gives us
a little better performance in some packet processing scenarios
without hurting other scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We really don't need to hit the Rx queue doorbell so many times,
we can wait to the end and cause a little less thrash.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release skb memory in mvpp2_rx() if mvpp2_rx_refill routine fails
Fixes: b501585467 ("net: mvpp2: fix refilling BM pools in RX path")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate nic_info dynamically - n_entries is not constant.
Attach the tunnel offload info only to the uplink representor.
We expect the "main" netdev to be unregistered in switchdev
mode, and there to be only one uplink representor.
Drop the udp_tunnel_drop_rx_info() call, it was not there until
commit b3c2ed21c0 ("net/mlx5e: Fix VXLAN configuration restore after function reload")
so the device doesn't need it, and core should handle reloads and
reset just fine.
v2:
- don't drop the ndos on reprs, and register info on uplink repr.
v4:
- Move netdev tunnel structure handling to en_main.c
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The DR TX state machine supports the following order:
modify header, push vlan and encapsulation.
Instead fs_dr would pass:
push vlan, modify header and encapsulation.
The above caused the rule creation to fail on invalid action
sequence provided error.
Fixes: 6a48faeeca ("net/mlx5: Add direct rule fs_cmd implementation")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently PF and VF representor netdevice carrier is always controlled
by controlling the representor netdevice device state as up/down.
Representor netdevice state change undergoes one or more txq/rxq
destroy/create commands to firmware, skb and its rx buffer allocation,
health reporters creation and more.
Due to this limitation users do not have the ability to just change
the carrier of the non uplink representors without modifying the
device state.
In one use case when the eswitch physical port carrier is down/up,
user needs to update the VF link state to same as physical port
carrier.
Example of updating VF representor carrier state:
$ ip link set enp0s8f0npf0vf0 carrier off
$ ip link set enp0s8f0npf0vf0 carrier on
This enhancement results into VF link state change which is
represented by the VF representor netdevice carrier.
This enables users to modify the representor carrier without modifying
the representor netdevice state.
A simple test is run using [1] to calculate the time difference between
updating carrier vs updating device state (to update just the carrier)
with one VF to simulate 255 VFs.
Time taken to update the carrier using device up/down:
$ time ./calculate.sh dev enp0s8f0npf0vf0
real 0m30.913s
user 0m0.200s
sys 0m11.168s
Time taken to update just the carrier using carrier iproute2 command:
$ time ./calculate.sh carrier enp0s8f0npf0vf0
real 0m2.142s
user 0m0.160s
sys 0m2.021s
Test shows that its better to use carrier on/off user interface to notify
link up/down event to VF compare to device up/down interface, because
carrier user interface delivers the same event 15 times faster.
[1] https://github.com/paravmellanox/myscripts/blob/master/calculate_carrier_time.sh
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is a collection of minor fixes including typos, white space, and
style. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
The profile ID map lock should be held till the caller completes
all references of that profile entries.
The current code releases the lock right after the match search.
This caused a driver issue when the profile map entries were
referenced after it was freed in other thread after the lock was
released earlier.
Signed-off-by: Victor Raj <victor.raj@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Update the PTYPE lookup table to reflect values that can be set by the
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Disable VLAN pruning when entering promiscuous mode, and re-enable it
when exiting.
Without this VLAN-over-bridge topologies created on the device won't be
functional unless rx-vlan-filter is explicitly disabled with ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
In the ice_init_hw_tbls, if the devm_kcalloc for es->written fails, catch
that error and bail out gracefully, instead of continuing with a NULL
pointer.
Fixes: 32d63fa1e9 ("ice: Initialize DDP package structures")
Signed-off-by: Surabhi Boob <surabhi.boob@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
This is a port of commit 248de22e63 ("i40e/i40evf: Account for frags
split over multiple descriptors in check linearize")
As part of testing workloads (read/write) using larger IO size (128K)
tx_timeout is observed and whenever it happens, it was due to
tx_linearize.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Currently VFs are only allowed to get 16, 4, and 1 queue pair by
default, which require 17, 5, and 2 MSI-X vectors respectively. This
is because each VF needs a MSI-X per data queue and a MSI-X for its
other interrupt. The calculation is based on the number of VFs created,
MSI-X available, and queue pairs available at the time of VF creation.
Unfortunately the values above exclude 2 queue pairs when only 3 MSI-X
are available to each VF based on resource constraints. The current
calculation would default to 2 MSI-X and 1 queue pair. This is a waste
of resources, so fix this by allowing 2 queue pairs per VF when there
are between 2 and 5 MSI-X available per VF.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
This fix has been added to address memory leak issues resulting from
triggering a sudden driver reset which does not allow us to follow our
normal removal flows for SW XLT entries for advanced features.
- Adding call to destroy flow profile locks when clearing SW XLT tables.
- Extraction sequence entries were not correctly cleared previously
which could cause ownership conflicts for repeated reset-replay calls.
Fixes: 31ad4e4ee1 ("ice: Allocate flow profile")
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Sridhar <vignesh.sridhar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Display and count some useful hot-path statistics. The usefulness is as
follows:
- tx_restart: use to determine if the transmit ring size is too small or
if the transmit interrupt rate is too low.
- rx_gro_dropped: use to count drops from GRO layer, which previously were
completely uncounted when occurring.
- tx_busy: use to determine when the driver is miscounting number of
descriptors needed for an skb.
- tx_timeout: as our other drivers, count the number of times we've reset
due to timeout because the kernel only prints a warning once per netdev.
Several of these were already counted but not displayed.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The page reuse statistic wasn't even being displayed to the user, even
though the driver counted it. Don't waste the struct space and hot-path
cycles since the driver doesn't display it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replacing flow profile locks with RSS profile locks in the function to
remove all RSS rules for a given VSI. This is to align the locks used
for RSS rule addition to VSI and removal during VSI teardown to avoid
a race condition owing to several iterations of the above operations.
In function to get RSS rules for given VSI and protocol header replacing
the pointer reference of the RSS entry with a copy of hash value to
ensure thread safety.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Sridhar <vignesh.sridhar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
set_rss_lut can fail due to incorrect vsi_id mask. vsi_id is 10 bit
but mask was 0x1FF whereas it should be 0x3FF.
For vsi_num >= 512, FW set_rss_lut can fail with return code
EACCESS (VSI ownership issue) because software was providing
incorrect vsi_num (dropping 10th bit due to incorrect mask) for
set_rss_lut admin command
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The grst_delay variable in ice_check_reset contains the maximum time
(in 100 msec units) that the driver will wait for a reset event to
transition to the Device Active state. The value is the sum of three
separate components:
1) The maximum time it may take for the firmware to process its
outstanding command before handling the reset request.
2) The value in RSTCTL.GRSTDEL (the delay firmware inserts between first
seeing the driver reset request and the actual hardware assertion).
3) The maximum expected reset processing time in hardware.
Referring to this total time as "grst_delay" is misleading and
potentially confusing to someone checking the code and cross-referencing
the hardware specification.
Fix this by renaming the variable to "grst_timeout", which is more
descriptive of its actual use.
Signed-off-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.c:4214:12: warning:
'ice_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4214 | static int ice_resume(struct device *dev)
| ^~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.c:4150:12: warning:
'ice_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4150 | static int ice_suspend(struct device *dev)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the
compiler that this is going to happen based on the configuration,
which is the standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: 769c500dcc ("ice: Add advanced power mgmt for WoL")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8jebYACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6Vnwf/Z0LVx9aIVOl+lfIuIqeKCtbwdoh9kTa6wNIuX0c/NnG2u2bt9GjOGyKh
LqTVX6Nu2sfcuTtkyrqhiIj6PyivzHciDN+au8hqrvBV429KsKbNu+jvXJmL/mXX
BU47mExP6ZMsWDTkBEnRQnwSsKDHbUw+xT7LeO36DE9Rrjlox6AtjFeWuJBoyBMO
QlbTjgDHtwV1bJe8sVBrymZmQcy582hEcoZqAGnzDVAF5DW6TAZkSqx3UdiO6KeN
hLTMYZbiIDRDs3n1dOyLlQlXSWzzQzw1gae/Q7nJsYu4VPsGjEeNXUw8d9RNWv4v
EGhJF999G9Np6mjzWtXDC00tM2X7LQ==
=+emh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-07-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2020-07-30
This small patchset introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
For -stable v4.18:
('net/mlx5e: fix bpf_prog reference count leaks in mlx5e_alloc_rq')
For -stable v5.7:
('net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add misc bit when misc fields changed for mirroring')
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-30
This series contains updates to e100, e1000, e1000e, igb, igbvf, ixgbe,
ixgbevf, iavf, and driver documentation.
Vaibhav Gupta converts legacy .suspend() and .resume() to generic PM
callbacks for e100, igbvf, ixgbe, ixgbevf, and iavf.
Suraj Upadhyay replaces 1 byte memsets with assignments for e1000,
e1000e, igb, and ixgbe.
Alexander Klimov replaces http links with https.
Miaohe Lin replaces uses of memset to clear MAC addresses with
eth_zero_addr().
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-30
This series contains updates to the e1000e and igb drivers.
Aaron Ma allows PHY initialization to continue if ULP disable failed for
e1000e.
Francesco Ruggeri fixes race conditions in igb reset that could cause panics.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to %pM instead of using custom code.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to %pM instead of using custom code.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function invokes bpf_prog_inc(), which increases the reference
count of a bpf_prog object "rq->xdp_prog" if the object isn't NULL.
The refcount leak issues take place in two error handling paths. When
either mlx5_wq_ll_create() or mlx5_wq_cyc_create() fails, the function
simply returns the error code and forgets to drop the reference count
increased earlier, causing a reference count leak of "rq->xdp_prog".
Fix this issue by jumping to the error handling path err_rq_wq_destroy
while either function fails.
Fixes: 422d4c401e ("net/mlx5e: RX, Split WQ objects for different RQ types")
Signed-off-by: Xin Xiong <xiongx18@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The flow_source must be specified, even for rule without matching
source vport, because some actions are only allowed in uplink.
Otherwise, rule can't be offloaded and firmware syndrome happens.
Fixes: 6fb0701a9c ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add support for offloading rules with no in_port")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The modified flow_context fields in FTE must be indicated in
modify_enable bitmask. Previously, the misc bit in modify_enable is
always set as source vport must be set for each rule. So, when parsing
vxlan/gre/geneve/qinq rules, this bit is not set because those are all
from the same misc fileds that source vport fields are located at, and
we don't need to set the indicator twice.
After adding per vport tables for mirroring, misc bit is not set, then
firmware syndrome happens. To fix it, set the bit wherever misc fileds
are changed. This also makes it unnecessary to check misc fields and set
the misc bit accordingly in metadata matching, so here remove it.
Besides, flow_source must be specified for uplink because firmware
will check it and some actions are only allowed for packets received
from uplink.
Fixes: 96e326878f ("net/mlx5e: Eswitch, Use per vport tables for mirroring")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the driver restores only IPv4 tunnel headers.
Add support for restoring IPv6 tunnel header.
Fixes: b8ce903709 ("net/mlx5e: Restore tunnel metadata on miss")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix the missing clk_disable_unprepare() before return
from gemini_ethernet_port_probe() in the error handling case.
Fixes: 4d5ae32f5e ("net: ethernet: Add a driver for Gemini gigabit ethernet")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
platform_get_resource() may fail and return NULL, so we had better
check its return value to avoid a NULL pointer dereference a bit later
in the code. Fix it to use devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname()
instead of calling platform_get_resource_byname() and devm_ioremap().
Fixes: 8425c41d1e ("net: ll_temac: Extend support to non-device-tree platforms")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers using legacy power management .suspen()/.resume() callbacks
have to manage PCI states and device's PM states themselves. They also
need to take care of standard configuration registers.
Switch to generic power management framework using a single
"struct dev_pm_ops" variable to take the unnecessary load from the driver.
This also avoids the need for the driver to directly call most of the PCI
helper functions and device power state control functions, as through
the generic framework PCI Core takes care of the necessary operations,
and drivers are required to do only device-specific jobs.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers using legacy power management .suspen()/.resume() callbacks
have to manage PCI states and device's PM states themselves. They also
need to take care of standard configuration registers.
Switch to generic power management framework using a single
"struct dev_pm_ops" variable to take the unnecessary load from the driver.
This also avoids the need for the driver to directly call most of the PCI
helper functions and device power state control functions, as through
the generic framework PCI Core takes care of the necessary operations,
and drivers are required to do only device-specific jobs.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers using legacy power management .suspen()/.resume() callbacks
have to manage PCI states and device's PM states themselves. They also
need to take care of standard configuration registers.
Switch to generic power management framework using a single
"struct dev_pm_ops" variable to take the unnecessary load from the driver.
This also avoids the need for the driver to directly call most of the PCI
helper functions and device power state control functions, as through
the generic framework PCI Core takes care of the necessary operations,
and drivers are required to do only device-specific jobs.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warning:
./drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt.c:3730:19-37: WARNING:
dma_alloc_coherent use in stats -> hw_stats already zeroes out
memory, so memset is not needed
dma_alloc_coherent use in status already zeroes out memory,
so memset is not needed
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Heng <liheng40@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of struct octeon_dispatch is too small, it is better to use
kmalloc instead of vmalloc.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the flex_array_size() helper to calculate the size of a
flexible array member within an enclosing structure.
This helper offers defense-in-depth against potential integer
overflows, while at the same time makes it explicitly clear that
we are dealing witha flexible array member.
Also, remove unnecessary pointer identifier sub_pool.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On an error return, jump to the unlock at the end to be sure
to unlock the queue_lock mutex.
Fixes: 0925e9db4d ("ionic: use mutex to protect queue operations")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in recent kernel versions there are warnings about incorrect MTU size
like these:
eth0: mtu greater than device maximum
mtk_soc_eth 1b100000.ethernet eth0: error -22 setting MTU to include DSA overhead
Fixes: bfcb813203 ("net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports")
Fixes: 72579e14a1 ("net: dsa: don't fail to probe if we couldn't set the MTU")
Fixes: 7a4c53bee3 ("net: report invalid mtu value via netlink extack")
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If some processes in nixge_probe() fail, free_netdev(dev)
needs to be called to aviod a memory leak.
Fixes: 87ab207981 ("net: nixge: Separate ctrl and dma resources")
Fixes: abcd3d6fc6 ("net: nixge: Fix error path for obtaining mac address")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lu Wei <luwei32@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicated include.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignment.
Issue found with checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignment.
Issue found with checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignments.
Issue found with checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignments.
Issue reported by checkpatch.pl.
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility of a driver to manage PCI
states and also the device's power state. The generic approach is to let
PCI core handle the work.
e100_suspend() calls __e100_shutdown() to perform intermediate tasks.
__e100_shutdown() calls pci_save_state() which is not recommended.
e100_suspend() also calls __e100_power_off() which is calling PCI helper
functions, pci_prepare_to_sleep(), pci_set_power_state(), along with
pci_wake_from_d3(...,false). Hence, the functin call is removed and wol is
disabled as earlier using device_wakeup_disable().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
We observed two panics involving races with igb_reset_task.
The first panic is caused by this race condition:
kworker reboot -f
igb_reset_task
igb_reinit_locked
igb_down
napi_synchronize
__igb_shutdown
igb_clear_interrupt_scheme
igb_free_q_vectors
igb_free_q_vector
adapter->q_vector[v_idx] = NULL;
napi_disable
Panics trying to access
adapter->q_vector[v_idx].napi_state
The second panic (a divide error) is caused by this race:
kworker reboot -f tx packet
igb_reset_task
__igb_shutdown
rtnl_lock()
...
igb_clear_interrupt_scheme
igb_free_q_vectors
adapter->num_tx_queues = 0
...
rtnl_unlock()
rtnl_lock()
igb_reinit_locked
igb_down
igb_up
netif_tx_start_all_queues
dev_hard_start_xmit
igb_xmit_frame
igb_tx_queue_mapping
Panics on
r_idx % adapter->num_tx_queues
This commit applies to igb_reset_task the same changes that
were applied to ixgbe in commit 2f90b8657e ("ixgbe: this patch
adds support for DCB to the kernel and ixgbe driver"),
commit 8f4c5c9fb8 ("ixgbe: reinit_locked() should be called with
rtnl_lock") and commit 88adce4ea8 ("ixgbe: fix possible race in
reset subtask").
Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After 'commit e086ba2fcc ("e1000e: disable s0ix entry and exit flows
for ME systems")',
ThinkPad P14s always failed to disable ULP by ME.
'commit 0c80cdbf33 ("e1000e: Warn if disabling ULP failed")'
break out of init phy:
error log:
[ 42.364753] e1000e 0000:00:1f.6 enp0s31f6: Failed to disable ULP
[ 42.524626] e1000e 0000:00:1f.6 enp0s31f6: PHY Wakeup cause - Unicast Packet
[ 42.822476] e1000e 0000:00:1f.6 enp0s31f6: Hardware Error
When disable s0ix, E1000_FWSM_ULP_CFG_DONE will never be 1.
If continue to init phy like before, it can work as before.
iperf test result good too.
Fixes: 0c80cdbf33 ("e1000e: Warn if disabling ULP failed")
Signed-off-by: Aaron Ma <aaron.ma@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
The driver was invoking PCI helper functions like pci_save/restore_state(),
and pci_enable/disable_device(), which is not recommended.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility of a driver to manage PCI
states and also the device's power state. The generic approach is to let
PCI core handle the work.
ixgbe_suspend() calls __ixgbe_shutdown() to perform intermediate tasks.
__ixgbe_shutdown() modifies the value of "wake" (device should be wakeup
enabled or not), responsible for controlling the flow of legacy PM.
Since, PCI core has no idea about the value of "wake", new code for generic
PM may produce unexpected results. Thus, use "device_set_wakeup_enable()"
to wakeup-enable the device accordingly.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Remove legacy PM callbacks and use generic operations. With legacy code,
drivers were responsible for handling PCI PM operations like
pci_save_state(). In generic code, all these are handled by PCI core.
The generic suspend() and resume() are called at the same point the legacy
ones were called. Thus, it does not affect the normal functioning of the
driver.
__maybe_unused attribute is used with .resume() but not with .suspend(), as
.suspend() is called by .shutdown().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves. The required operations are
done by PCI core.
PCI drivers are not expected to invoke PCI helper functions like
pci_save/restore_state(), pci_enable/disable_device(),
pci_set_power_state(), etc. Their tasks are completed by PCI core itself.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
RX queue IRQ mappings are disposed in both the TX IRQ and RX IRQ
error paths. Fix this and dispose of TX IRQ mappings correctly in
case of an error.
Fixes: ea22d51a78 ("ibmvnic: simplify and improve driver probe function")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-29
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Dave works around LFC settings not being preserved through link events.
Fixes link issues with GLOBR reset and handling of multiple link events.
Nick restores VF MSI-X after PCI reset.
Kiran corrects the error code returned in ice_aq_sw_rules if the rule
does not exist.
Paul prevents overwriting of user set descriptors.
Tarun adds masking before accessing rate limiting profile types and
corrects queue bandwidth configuration.
Victor modifies Tx queue scheduler distribution to spread more evenly
across queue group nodes.
Krzysztof sets need_wakeup flag for Tx AF_XDP.
Brett allows VLANs in safe mode.
Marcin cleans up VSIs on probe failure.
Bruce reduces the scope of a variable.
Ben removes a FW workaround.
Tony fixes an unused parameter warning.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta has switched to phylink, so the comment should look
like "We may have called phylink_speed_down before".
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lifetime of the Rx listener item ('rxl_item') is managed using RCU,
but is dereferenced outside of RCU read-side critical section, which can
lead to a use-after-free.
Fix this by increasing the scope of the RCU read-side critical section.
Fixes: 93c1edb27f ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox switch driver core")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited commit mistakenly removed the trap group for externally routed
packets (e.g., via the management interface) and grouped locally routed
and externally routed packet traps under the same group, thereby
subjecting them to the same policer.
This can result in problems, for example, when FRR is restarted and
suddenly all transient traffic is trapped to the CPU because of a
default route through the management interface. Locally routed packets
required to re-establish a BGP connection will never reach the CPU and
the routing tables will not be re-populated.
Fix this by using a different trap group for externally routed packets.
Fixes: 8110668ecd ("mlxsw: spectrum_trap: Register layer 3 control traps")
Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited commit added the ability to program link-local prefix routes to
the ASIC so that relevant packets are routed and trapped correctly.
However, host routes were not included in the change and thus not
programmed to the ASIC. This can result in packets being trapped via an
external route trap instead of a local route trap as in IPv4.
Fix this by programming all the link-local routes to the ASIC.
Fixes: 10d3757fcb ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allow programming link-local prefix routes")
Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on PAGE_SIZE, the following unused parameter warning can be
reported:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_txrx.c: In function ‘ice_rx_frame_truesize’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_txrx.c:513:21: warning: unused parameter ‘size’ [-Wunused-parameter]
unsigned int size)
The 'size' variable is used only when PAGE_SIZE >= 8192. Add __maybe_unused
to remove the warning.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
For the FW logging info AQ command, we currently set the ICE_AQ_FLAG_RD
in order to work around a FW issue. This issue has been fixed so remove the
workaround.
Signed-off-by: Ben Shelton <benjamin.h.shelton@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The scope of the macro local variable 'i' can be reduced. Do so to avoid
static analysis tools from complaining.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
As part of ice_setup_pf_sw() a PF VSI is setup; release the VSI in case of
failure.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Szycik <marcin.szycik@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Currently the PF VSI's context parameters are left in a bad state when
going into safe mode. This is causing VLAN traffic to not pass. Fix this
by configuring the PF VSI to allow all VLAN tagged traffic.
Also, remove redundant comment explaining the safe mode flow in
ice_probe().
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
This is a port of i40e commit 705639572e ("i40e: need_wakeup flag might
not be set for Tx").
Quoting the original commit message:
"The need_wakeup flag for Tx might not be set for AF_XDP sockets that
are only used to send packets. This happens if there is at least one
outstanding packet that has not been completed by the hardware and we
get that corresponding completion (which will not generate an interrupt
since interrupts are disabled in the napi poll loop) between the time we
stopped processing the Tx completions and interrupts are enabled again.
In this case, the need_wakeup flag will have been cleared at the end of
the Tx completion processing as we believe we will get an interrupt from
the outstanding completion at a later point in time. But if this
completion interrupt occurs before interrupts are enable, we lose it and
should at that point really have set the need_wakeup flag since there
are no more outstanding completions that can generate an interrupt to
continue the processing. When this happens, user space will see a Tx
queue need_wakeup of 0 and skip issuing a syscall, which means will
never get into the Tx processing again and we have a deadlock."
As a result, packet processing stops. This patch introduces a fix for
this issue, by always setting the need_wakeup flag at the end of an
interrupt processing. This ensures that the deadlock will not happen.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kazimierczak <krzysztof.kazimierczak@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Distribute the Tx queues evenly across all queue groups. This will
help the queues to get more equal sharing among the queues when all
are in use.
In the previous algorithm, the next queue group node will be picked up
only after the previous one filled with max children.
For example: if VSI is configured with 9 queues, the first 8 queues
will be assigned to queue group 1 and the 9th queue will be assigned to
queue group 2.
The 2 queue groups split the bandwidth between them equally (50:50).
The first queue group node will share the 50% bandwidth with all of
its children (8 queues). And the second queue group node will share
the entire 50% bandwidth with its only children.
The new algorithm will fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Victor Raj <victor.raj@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
By default the queues are configured in legacy mode. The default
BW settings for legacy/advanced modes are different. The existing
code was using the advanced mode default value of 1 which was
incorrect. This caused the unbalanced BW sharing among siblings.
The recommended default value is applied.
Signed-off-by: Tarun Singh <tarun.k.singh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Mask bits before accessing the profile type field.
Signed-off-by: Tarun Singh <tarun.k.singh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
If a user sets the value of the TX or RX descriptors to some non-default
value using 'ethtool -G' then we need to not overwrite the values when
we rebuild the VSI. The VSI rebuild could happen as a result of a user
setting the number of queues via the 'ethtool -L' command. Fix this by
checking to see if the value we have stored is non-zero and if it is
then don't change the value.
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Return ICE_ERR_DOES_NOT_EXIST return code if admin command error code is
ICE_AQ_RC_ENOENT (not exist). ice_aq_sw_rules is used when switch
rule is getting added/deleted/updated. In case of delete/update
switch rule, admin command can return ICE_AQ_RC_ENOENT error code
if such rule does not exist, hence return ICE_ERR_DOES_NOT_EXIST error
code from ice_aq_sw_rule, so that caller of this function can decide
how to handle ICE_ERR_DOES_NOT_EXIST.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
During a PCI FLR the MSI-X Enable flag in the VF PCI MSI-X capability
register will be cleared. This can lead to issues when a VF is
assigned to a VM because in these cases the VF driver receives no
indication of the PF PCI error/reset and additionally it is incapable
of restoring the cleared flag in the hypervisor configuration space
without fully reinitializing the driver interrupt functionality.
Since the VF driver is unable to easily resolve this condition on its own,
restore the VF MSI-X flag during the PF PCI reset handling.
Signed-off-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When the driver experiences a link event (especially link up)
there can be multiple events generated. Some of these are
link fault and still have a state of DOWN set. The problem
happens when the link comes UP during the PF driver handling
one of the LINK DOWN events. The status of the link is updated
and is now seen as UP, so when the actual LINK UP event comes,
the port information has already been updated to be seen as UP,
even though none of the UP activities have been completed.
After the link information has been updated in the link
handler and evaluated for MEDIA PRESENT, if the state
of the link has been changed to UP, treat the DOWN event
as an UP event since the link is now UP.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After a GLOBR, the link was broken so that a link
up situation was being seen as a link down.
The problem was that the rebuild process was updating
the port_info link status without doing any of the
other things that need to be done when link changes.
This was causing the port_info struct to have current
"UP" information so that any further UP interrupts
were skipped as redundant.
The rebuild flow should *not* be updating the port_info
struct link information, so eliminate this and leave
it to the link event handling code.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
There is a bug where the LFC settings are not being preserved
through a link event. The registers in question are the ones
that are touched (and restored) when a set_local_mib AQ command
is performed.
On a link-up event, make sure that a set_local_mib is being
performed.
Move the function ice_aq_set_lldp_mib() from the DCB specific
ice_dcb.c to ice_common.c so that the driver always has access
to this AQ command.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When WoL is enabled and the machine is powered off, the PHY remains
waiting for wakeup events at max speed, which is a waste of energy.
Slow down the PHY speed before stopping the ethernet if WoL is enabled,
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the stmmac driver WOL implementation relies on MAC's PMT
feature. We have a case: the MAC HW doesn't enable PMT, instead, we
rely on the phy to support WOL. Implement the support for this case.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to prepare WOL support with phy. Compared with WOL
implementation which relies on the MAC's PMT features, in phy
supported WOL case, device_may_wakeup() may also be true, but we
should not call mac's pmt() function if HW doesn't enable PMT.
And during resume, we should call phylink_start() if PMT is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If !device_can_wakeup(), there's no need to futher check. And return
-EOPNOTSUPP rather than -EINVAL if !device_can_wakeup().
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove WAKE_MAGIC from supported modes if the HW capability register
shows no support for pmt_magic_frame.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
improve the error message when functions return failure and dump
relevant registers in some exception handling processes
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to handle hw abnormal event such as hardware failure,
cable unplugged,link error
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added unregister_netdev in the driver remove
function. Generally unregister_netdev is called
after disabling all the device interrupts but here
it is called before disabling device mailbox
interrupts. The reason behind this is VF needs
mailbox interrupt to communicate with its PF to
clean up its resources during otx2_stop.
otx2_stop disables packet I/O and queue interrupts
first and by using mailbox interrupt communicates
to PF to free VF resources. Hence this patch
calls unregister_device just before
disabling mailbox interrupts.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During driver exit cancel the queued
reset_task work in VF driver.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two bugs exist in the code related to reset_task
in PF driver one is the missing protection
against network stack ndo_open and ndo_close.
Other one is the missing cancel_work.
This patch fixes those problems.
Fixes: 4ff7d1488a ("octeontx2-pf: Error handling support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly added pldmfw library to implement device flash update for
the Intel ice networking device driver. This support uses the devlink
flash update interface.
The main parts of the flash include the Option ROM, the netlist module,
and the main NVM data. The PLDM firmware file contains modules for each
of these components.
Using the pldmfw library, the provided firmware file will be scanned for
the three major components, "fw.undi" for the Option ROM, "fw.mgmt" for
the main NVM module containing the primary device firmware, and
"fw.netlist" containing the netlist module.
The flash is separated into two banks, the active bank containing the
running firmware, and the inactive bank which we use for update. Each
module is updated in a staged process. First, the inactive bank is
erased, preparing the device for update. Second, the contents of the
component are copied to the inactive portion of the flash. After all
components are updated, the driver signals the device to switch the
active bank during the next EMP reset (which would usually occur during
the next reboot).
Although the firmware AdminQ interface does report an immediate status
for each command, the NVM erase and NVM write commands receive status
asynchronously. The driver must not continue writing until previous
erase and write commands have finished. The real status of the NVM
commands is returned over the receive AdminQ. Implement a simple
interface that uses a wait queue so that the main update thread can
sleep until the completion status is reported by firmware. For erasing
the inactive banks, this can take quite a while in practice.
To help visualize the process to the devlink application and other
applications based on the devlink netlink interface, status is reported
via the devlink_flash_update_status_notify. While we do report status
after each 4k block when writing, there is no real status we can report
during erasing. We simply must wait for the complete module erasure to
finish.
With this implementation, basic flash update for the ice hardware is
supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a flash update, the pending status of the update can be determined
from the device capabilities.
Read the appropriate device capability and store whether there is
a pending update awaiting a reboot.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add structures, identifiers, and helper functions for several AdminQ
commands related to performing a firmware update for the ice hardware.
These will be used in future code for implementing the devlink
.flash_update handler.
Signed-off-by: Cudzilo, Szymon T <szymon.t.cudzilo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends function parsing response from Discover Device
Capability AQC to check if the device supports unified NVM update flow.
Signed-off-by: Jacek Naczyk <jacek.naczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify mtk_gmac0_rgmii_adjust() so it can always be called.
mtk_gmac0_rgmii_adjust() sets-up the TRGMII clocks.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Signed-off-By: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8ggswACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7yOgf8DjzPtSpVfUA7Iq28WO6YxJy208oUdLjKNuRNr74vXulHegNlP6cFDHU3
QIddvTBNMTp2BpJpoFMbEod7sVTBq5KVQZvpIuFM2JU4h76vL4cYbWeBuT6rFIoJ
m5vuuUyAB+16QbJzagY/rqfQMs0w7KnR+Zhv18JzwyHhBiRLaPzYdmSWM2kkF8HZ
3DrY8RWgkeaI9vTpE6Fau7BRNDUOMgjIahiUrojJuyPsYZpJf5g+KaMj4xvgcqMa
vaPaw8iHN7+N3KIdcf6MJhfzx3SHP5YNieU/MfvE9sLvdPvfLETdpexYPB8b0/vs
L9w2D8j0uZyXek30fIiIwHaibQGZPw==
=W0Fn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-07-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5 fixes-2020-07-28
This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
v1->v2:
- Drop the "Hold reference on mirred devices" patch, until Or's
comments are addressed.
- Imporve "Modify uplink state" patch commit message per Or's request.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
For -Stable:
For -stable v4.9
('net/mlx5e: Fix error path of device attach')
For -stable v4.15
('net/mlx5: Verify Hardware supports requested ptp function on a given
pin')
For -stable v5.3
('net/mlx5e: Modify uplink state on interface up/down')
For -stable v5.4
('net/mlx5e: Fix kernel crash when setting vf VLANID on a VF dev')
('net/mlx5: E-switch, Destroy TSAR when fail to enable the mode')
For -stable v5.5
('net/mlx5: E-switch, Destroy TSAR after reload interface')
For -stable v5.7
('net/mlx5: Fix a bug of using ptp channel index as pin index')
====================
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow QSFP-DD transceivers temperature thresholds reading for hardware
monitoring and thermal control.
For this type, the thresholds are located in page 02h according to the
"Module and Lane Thresholds" description from Common Management
Interface Specification.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable Double Density (QSFP-DD) hardware
specification defines a form factor that supports up to 400 Gbps in
aggregate over an 8x50-Gbps electrical interface. The QSFP-DD supports
both optical and copper interfaces.
Implementation is based on Common Management Interface Specification;
Rev 4.0 May 8, 2019. Table 8-2 "Identifier and Status Summary (Lower
Page)" from this spec defines "Id and Status" fields located at offsets
00h - 02h. Bit 2 at offset 02h ("Flat_mem") specifies QSFP EEPROM memory
mode, which could be "upper memory flat" or "paged". Flat memory mode is
coded "1", and indicates that only page 00h is implemented in EEPROM.
Paged memory is coded "0" and indicates that pages 00h, 01h, 02h, 10h
and 11h are implemented. Pages 10h and 11h are currently not supported
by the driver.
"Flat" memory mode is used for the passive copper transceivers. For this
type only page 00h (256 bytes) is available. "Paged" memory is used for
the optical transceivers. For this type pages 00h (256 bytes), 01h (128
bytes) and 02h (128 bytes) are available. Upper page 01h contains static
advertising field, while upper page 02h contains the module-defined
thresholds and lane-specific monitors.
Extend enumerator 'mlxsw_reg_mcia_eeprom_module_info_id' with additional
field 'MLXSW_REG_MCIA_EEPROM_MODULE_INFO_TYPE_ID'. This field is used to
indicate for QSFP-DD transceiver type which memory mode is to be used.
Expose 256 bytes buffer for QSFP-DD passive copper transceiver and
512 bytes buffer for optical.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When setting the PF interface up/down, notify the firmware to update
uplink state via MODIFY_VPORT_STATE, when E-Switch is enabled.
This behavior will prevent sending traffic out on uplink port when PF is
down, such as sending traffic from a VF interface which is still up.
Currently when calling mlx5e_open/close(), the driver only sends PAOS
command to notify the firmware to set the physical port state to
up/down, however, it is not sufficient. When VF is in "auto" state, it
follows the uplink state, which was not updated on mlx5e_open/close()
before this patch.
When switchdev mode is enabled and uplink representor is first enabled,
set the uplink port state value back to its FW default "AUTO".
Fixes: 63bfd399de ("net/mlx5e: Send PAOS command on interface up/down")
Signed-off-by: Ron Diskin <rondi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In a special configuration, a ConnectX6-Dx pin pps-out might be activated
when driver is loaded. Fix the driver to always read the operational pin
mode when registering it, and advertise it accordingly.
Fixes: ee7f12205a ("net/mlx5e: Implement 1PPS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev is used as first check as part of netdev events
handler for bond device of non-uplink representors, this handler can get
any netdevice under the same network namespace of mlx5e netdevice. Current
code treats the netdev as mlx5e netdev and only later on verifies this,
hence causes the following Kasan trace:
[15402.744990] ==================================================================
[15402.746942] BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev+0xcb/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[15402.749009] Read of size 8 at addr ffff880391f3f6b0 by task ovs-vswitchd/5347
[15402.752065] CPU: 7 PID: 5347 Comm: ovs-vswitchd Kdump: loaded Tainted: G B O --------- -t - 4.18.0-g3dcc204d291d-dirty #1
[15402.755349] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (Q35 + ICH9, 2009), BIOS rel-1.12.1-0-ga5cab58e9a3f-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
[15402.757600] Call Trace:
[15402.758968] dump_stack+0x71/0xab
[15402.760427] print_address_description+0x6a/0x270
[15402.761969] kasan_report+0x179/0x2d0
[15402.763445] ? mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev+0xcb/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[15402.765121] mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev+0xcb/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[15402.766782] mlx5e_rep_esw_bond_netevent+0x129/0x620 [mlx5_core]
Fix by deferring the violating access to be post the netdev verify check.
Fixes: 7e51891a23 ("net/mlx5e: Use netdev events to set/del egress acl forward-to-vport rule")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix a bug where driver did not verify Hardware pin capabilities for
PTP functions.
Fixes: ee7f12205a ("net/mlx5e: Implement 1PPS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On PTP mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) flow, driver mistakenly used channel index
as pin index.
After ptp patch marked in fixes tag was introduced, driver can freely
call ptp_find_pin() as part of the .enable() callback.
Fix driver mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) flow to always use ptp_find_pin(). With
that, Driver will use the correct pin index in mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) flow.
In addition, when initializing the pins, always set channel to zero. As
all pins can be attached to all channels, let ptp_set_pinfunc() to move
them between the channels.
For stable branches, this fix to be applied only on kernels that includes
both patches in fixes tag. Otherwise, mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) will be stuck
on pincfg_mux.
Fixes: 62582a7ee7 ("ptp: Avoid deadlocks in the programmable pin code.")
Fixes: ee7f12205a ("net/mlx5e: Implement 1PPS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The cited commit add initialization of ethtool steering during
representor rx initializations without cleaning it up in representor
rx cleanup, this may cause for stale ethtool flows to remain after
moving back from switchdev mode to legacy mode.
Fixed by calling ethtool steering cleanup during rep rx cleanup.
Fixes: 6783e8b29f ("net/mlx5e: Init ethtool steering for representors")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On failure to attach the netdev, fix the rollback by re-setting the
device's state back to MLX5E_STATE_DESTROYING.
Failing to attach doesn't stop statistics polling via .ndo_get_stats64.
In this case, although the device is not attached, it falsely continues
to query the firmware for counters. Setting the device's state back to
MLX5E_STATE_DESTROYING prevents the firmware counters query.
Fixes: 26e59d8077 ("net/mlx5e: Implement mlx5e interface attach/detach callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The steering tree is as follow (nic RX as example):
---------
|root_ns|
---------
|
--------------------------------
| | |
---------- ---------- ---------
|p(prio)0| | p1 | | pn |
---------- ---------- ---------
| |
---------------- ---------------
|ns(e.g bypass)| |ns(e.g. lag) |
---------------- ---------------
| | |
---- ---- ----
|p0| |p1| |pn|
---- ---- ----
|
----
|FT|
----
find_next_chained_ft(prio) returns the first flow table in the next
priority. If prio is a parent of a flow table then it returns the first
flow table in the next priority in the same namespace, else if prio
is parent of namespace, then it should return the first flow table
in the next namespace. Currently if the user requests to forward to
next namespace, the code calls to find_next_chained_ft with the prio
of the next namespace and not the prio of the namesapce itself.
Fixes: 9254f8ed15 ("net/mlx5: Add support in forward to namespace")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When eswitch offloads is enabled, TSAR is created before reloading
the interfaces.
However when eswitch offloads mode is disabled, TSAR is disabled before
reloading the interfaces.
To keep the eswitch enable/disable sequence as mirror, destroy TSAR
after reloading the interfaces.
Fixes: 1bd27b11c1 ("net/mlx5: Introduce E-switch QoS management")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When either esw_legacy_enable() or esw_offloads_enable() fails,
code missed to destroy the created TSAR.
Hence, add the missing call to destroy the TSAR.
Fixes: 610090ebce ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Initialize TSAR Qos hardware block before its user vports")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When device is resetting or reset failed, firmware is unable to
handle mailbox. VLAN should not be configured in this case.
Fixes: fe4144d47e ("net: hns3: sync VLAN filter entries when kill VLAN ID failed")
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When user had created a FD rule, all the aRFS rules should be clear up.
HNS3 process flow as below:
1.get spin lock of fd_ruls_list
2.clear up all aRFS rules
3.release lock
4.get spin lock of fd_ruls_list
5.creat a rules
6.release lock;
There is a short period of time between step 3 and step 4, which would
creatting some new aRFS FD rules if driver was receiving packet.
So refactor the fd_rule_lock to fix it.
Fixes: 4412288757 ("net: hns3: refine the flow director handle")
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently hclgevf_update_port_base_vlan_info() may be called when
VF is resetting, which may cause hns3_nic_net_open() being called
twice unexpectedly.
So fix it by adding a reset check for it, and extend critical
region for rntl_lock in hclgevf_update_port_base_vlan_info().
Fixes: 92f11ea177 ("net: hns3: fix set port based VLAN issue for VF")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the queue depth and queue parameters are modified, there is
a low probability that TX timeout occurs. The two operations cause
the link to be down or up when the watchdog is still working. All
queues are stopped when the link is down. After the carrier is on,
all queues are woken up. If the watchdog detects the link between
the carrier on and wakeup queues, a false TX timeout occurs.
So fix this issue by modifying the sequence of carrier on and queue
wakeup, which is symmetrical to the link down action.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The linear and frag data part may be changed when the skb is expanded
or lineared in skb_cow_head() or skb_checksum_help(), which is called
by hns3_fill_skb_desc(), so the linear len return by skb_headlen()
before the calling of hns3_fill_skb_desc() is unreliable.
Move hns3_fill_skb_desc() before the calling of skb_headlen() to fix
this bug.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
list_for_each_entry is able to handle an empty list.
The only effect of avoiding the loop is not initializing the
index variable.
Drop list_empty tests in cases where these variables are not
used.
Note that list_for_each_entry is defined in terms of list_first_entry,
which indicates that it should not be used on an empty list. But in
list_for_each_entry, the element obtained by list_first_entry is not
really accessed, only the address of its list_head field is compared
to the address of the list head, so the list_first_entry is safe.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows (with another
variant for the no brace case): (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
<smpl>
@@
expression x,e;
iterator name list_for_each_entry;
statement S;
identifier i;
@@
-if (!(list_empty(x))) {
list_for_each_entry(i,x,...) S
- }
... when != i
? i = e
</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
There is no need to print on each unsuccessful matcher
ip_version combination since it probably will happen when
trying to create all the possible combinations.
On a real failure we have a print in the calling function.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The concept of Relaxed Ordering in the PCI Express environment allows
switches in the path between the Requester and Completer to reorder some
transactions just received before others that were previously enqueued.
In ETH driver, there is no question of write integrity since each memory
segment is written only once per cycle. In addition, the driver doesn't
access the memory shared with the hardware until the corresponding CQE
arrives indicating all PCI transactions are done.
Running TCP single stream over ConnectX-4 LX, ARM CPU on remote-numa has
300% improvement in the bandwidth.
With relaxed ordering turned off: BW:10 [GB/s]
With relaxed ordering turned on: BW:40 [GB/s]
The driver turns relaxed ordering with respect to the firmware
capabilities and the return value from pcie_relaxed_ordering_enabled().
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use the indirect call wrapper API macros for declaration and scope
of the RX post WQEs functions.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Instead of exposing the RQ datapath handlers (from en_rx.c) so that
they are set in the control path (in en_main.c), wrap this logic
in a single function in en_rx.c and expose it alone.
Every profile will now have a pointer to the new mlx5e_rx_handlers
structure, instead of directly pointing to the previously-exposed
RQ handlers.
This significantly improves locality and modularity of the driver,
and allows many functions in en_rx.c to become static.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently PF and VF representors are exposed as virtual device.
They are not linked to its parent PCI device like how uplink
representor is linked.
Due to this, PF and VF representors cannot benefit of the
systemd defined naming scheme. This requires special handling
by the users.
Hence, link the PF and VF representors to their parent PCI device
similar to existing uplink representor netdevice.
Example:
udevadm output before linking to PCI device:
$ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6
Load module index
Network interface NamePolicy= disabled on kernel command line, ignoring.
Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link
Created link configuration context.
Using default interface naming scheme 'v243'.
ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v243
Unload module index
Unloaded link configuration context.
udevadm output after linking to PCI device:
$ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6
Load module index
Network interface NamePolicy= disabled on kernel command line, ignoring.
Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link
Created link configuration context.
Using default interface naming scheme 'v243'.
ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v243
ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp0s8f0npf0vf0
Unload module index
Unloaded link configuration context.
In past there was little concern over seeing 10,000 lines output
showing up at thread [1] is not applicable as ndo ops for VF
handling is not exposed for all the 100 repesentors for mlx5 devices.
Additionally alternative device naming [2] to overcome shorter device
naming is also part of the latest systemd release v245.
[1] https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=152657949117904&w=2
[2] https://lwn.net/Articles/814068/
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently steering table and rx group initialization helper
routines works on the total_vports passed as input parameter.
Both eswitch helpers work on the mlx5_eswitch and thereby have access
to esw->total_vports. Hence use it directly instead of passing it
via function input arguments.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Total e-switch vports are already stored in mlx5_eswitch total_vports.
Avoid copy of it in nvports and reuse existing total_vports calculation.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When eswitch is enabled, VFs might not be enabled. Hence, consider
maximum number of VFs.
This further closes the gap between handling VF vports between ECPF and
PF.
Fixes: ea2128fd63 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Reduce dependency on num_vfs during mode set")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add function ID to reclaim pages debug log for better user visibility.
Signed-off-by: Avihu Hagag <avihuh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Per page request event, FW request to allocated or release pages for a
single function. Driver maintains FW pages object per function, so there
is no need to hold one global page data-base. Instead, have a page
data-base per function, which will improve performance release flow in all
cases, especially for "release all pages".
As the range of function IDs is large and not sequential, use xarray to
store a per function ID page data-base, where the function ID is the key.
Upon first allocation of a page to a function ID, create the page
data-base per function. This data-base will be released only at pagealloc
mechanism cleanup.
NIC: ConnectX-4 Lx
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2650 v2 @ 2.60GHz
Test case: 32 VFs, measure release pages on one VF as part of FLR
Before: 0.021 Sec
After: 0.014 Sec
The improvement depends on amount of VFs and memory utilization
by them. Time measurements above were taken from idle system.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-27
This series contains updates to igc driver only.
Sasha cleans up double definitions, unneeded and non applicable
registers, and removes unused fields in structs. Ensures the Receive
Descriptor Minimum Threshold Count is cleared and fixes a static checker
error.
v2: Remove fields from hw_stats in patches that removed their uses.
Reworded patch descriptions for patches 1, 2, and 4.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ef100_reset(), make the MCDI call to do the reset.
Also, do a reset at start-of-day during probe, to put the function in
a clean state.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_GET_CAPABILITIES now has a third word of flags; extend the
efx_has_cap() machinery to cover it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently RX and TX-completion events are unhandled, as neither the RX
nor the TX path has been implemented yet.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Channels are probed, but actual event handling is still stubbed out.
Stub implementation of check_caps is needed because ptp.c will call into
it from efx_ptp_use_mac_tx_timestamps() to decide if it wants TXQs.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We handle everything ourselves in ef100_reset(), rather than relying on
the generic down/up routines.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't actually do the MCDI to probe it fully until we have working
MCDI, which comes later, but we need efx->phy_data to be allocated so
that when we get MCDI events the link-state change handler doesn't
NULL-dereference.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't actually do the efx_mcdi_reset() because we don't have MCDI yet.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No TX or RX path, no MCDI, not even an ifup/down handler.
Besides stubs, the bulk of the patch deals with reading the Xilinx
extended PCIe capability, which tells us where to find our BAR.
Though in the same module, EF100 has its own struct pci_driver,
which is named sfc_ef100.
A small number of additional nic_type methods are added; those in the
TX (tx_enqueue) and RX (rx_packet) paths are called through indirect
call wrappers to minimise the performance impact.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 adds a few new valid addresses for efx_writed_page(), as well as
a Function Control Window in the BAR whose location is variable.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An MDIO-based n-way restart does not make sense for any of the NICs
supported by this driver, nor for the coming EF100.
Unlike on Falcon (which was already split off into a separate driver),
the PHY on all of Siena, EF10 and EF100 is managed by MC firmware.
While Siena can talk to the PHY over MDIO, doing so for anything other
than debugging purposes (mdio_mii_ioctl) is likely to confuse the
firmware.
(According to the SFC firmware team, this support was originally added
to the Siena driver early in the development of that product, before
it was decided to have firmware manage the PHY.)
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan reports static checker warning:
"The patch 9b6ee3cf95: "qed: sanitize PBL chains allocation" from Jul
23, 2020, leads to the following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_chain.c:299 qed_chain_alloc_pbl()
error: uninitialized symbol 'pbl_virt'.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_chain.c
249 static int qed_chain_alloc_pbl(struct qed_dev *cdev, struct qed_chain *chain)
250 {
251 struct device *dev = &cdev->pdev->dev;
252 struct addr_tbl_entry *addr_tbl;
253 dma_addr_t phys, pbl_phys;
254 __le64 *pbl_virt;
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[...]
271 if (chain->b_external_pbl)
272 goto alloc_pages;
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ uninitialized
[...]
298 /* Fill the PBL table with the physical address of the page */
299 pbl_virt[i] = cpu_to_le64(phys);
^^^^^^^^^^^
[...]
"
This issue was introduced with commit c3a321b06a ("qed: simplify
initialization of the chains with an external PBL"), when
chain->pbl_sp.table_virt initialization was moved up to
qed_chain_init_params().
Fix it by initializing pbl_virt with an already filled chain struct field.
Fixes: c3a321b06a ("qed: simplify initialization of the chains with an external PBL")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next hw timestamp should be snapshoot to the read registers
only once the current timestamp has been read.
If none of the pending skbs matches the current HW timestamp
just gracefully flush the available timestamp by reading it.
Signed-off-by: laurent brando <laurent.brando@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to dump PXP registers and PCIe statistics.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we can report all the full 64-bit CPU endian software accumulated
counters instead of the hw counters, some of which may be less than
64-bit wide. Define the necessary macros to access the software
counters.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have the infrastructure in place, add the new function
bnxt_accumulate_all_stats() to periodically accumulate and check for
counter rollover of all ring stats and port stats.
A chip bug was also discovered that could cause some ring counters to
become 0 during DMA. Workaround by ignoring zeros on the affected
chips.
Some older frimware will reset port counters during ifdown. We need
to check for that and free the accumulated port counters during ifdown
to prevent bogus counter overflow detection during ifup.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If supported by newer firmware, make the firmware call to query all
the port counter masks. If not supported, assume 40-bit port
counter masks.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer firmware has a new call HWRM_FUNC_QSTATS_EXT to retrieve the
masks of all ring counters. Make this call when supported to
initialize the hardware masks of all ring counters. If the call
is not available, assume 48-bit ring counter masks on P5 chips.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of these DMAed hardware counters are not full 64-bit counters and
so we need to accumulate them as they overflow. Allocate copies of these
DMA statistics memory blocks with the same size for accumulation. The
hardware counter widths are also counter specific so we allocate
memory for masks that correspond to each counter.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver manages multiple statistics structures of different sizes.
They are all allocated, freed, and handled practically the same. Define
a new bnxt_stats_mem structure and common allocation and free functions
for all staistics memory blocks.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port statistics structures have hard coded padding and offset.
Define macros to make this look cleaner.
Reviewed-by: Pavan Chebbi <pavan.chebbi@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main changes are 200G support and fixing the definitions of discard and
error counters to match the hardware definitions.
Because the HWRM_PORT_PHY_QCFG message size has now exceeded the max.
encapsulated response message size of 96 bytes from the PF to the VF,
we now need to cap this message to 96 bytes for forwarding. The forwarded
response only needs to contain the basic link status and speed information
and can be capped without adding the new information.
v2: Fix bnxt_re compile error.
Cc: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove PCIe non-counters display from ethtool statistics, as
they are not simple counters but register dump. The next few
patches will add logic to detect counter roll-over and it won't
work with these PCIe non-counters.
There will be a follow up patch to get PCIe information via
ethtool register dump.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
list_for_each_safe is able to handle an empty list.
The only effect of avoiding the loop is not initializing the
index variable.
Drop list_empty tests in cases where these variables are not
used.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
<smpl>
@@
expression x,e;
iterator name list_for_each_safe;
statement S;
identifier i,j;
@@
-if (!(list_empty(x))) {
list_for_each_safe(i,j,x) S
- }
... when != i
when != j
(
i = e;
|
? j = e;
)
</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igc/igc_mac.c:424 igc_check_for_copper_link()
error: uninitialized symbol 'link'.
This patch come to fix this warning and initialize the 'link' symbol.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 707abf0695 ("igc: Add initial LTR support")
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Remove ictxptc, ictxatc, cbtmpc, cbrdpc, cbrmpc and htcbdpc fields from
the hw_stats structure. Accordance to the i225 device
specification these fields not in use.
This patch come to clean up the driver code.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
collision_delta, tx_packet_delta, txcw, adaptive_ifs and
has_fwsm fields not in use.
This patch come to clean up the driver code.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
LED control currently not implemented.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
IGC_ICTXPTC and IGC_ICTXATC are already defined elsewhere, remove this
double definition. Also, remove unneeded registers as they are not
applicable to i225 devices.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tx Queue Min Threshold Count register no applicable for the i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up it.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The statistics of this register are being tracked, however, the register
was inadvertently missed when implementing igc_clear_hw_cntrs_base().
The register is clear on read, so add it to the function so that the
register is cleared when requested so the tracked count is accurate.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Though we are populating and tracking ictxqec, the value is not being used
for anything so remove it altogether and save the register read.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Now that BPF program/link management is centralized in generic net_device
code, kernel code never queries program id from drivers, so
XDP_QUERY_PROG/XDP_QUERY_PROG_HW commands are unnecessary.
This patch removes all the implementations of those commands in kernel, along
the xdp_attachment_query().
This patch was compile-tested on allyesconfig.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200722064603.3350758-10-andriin@fb.com
The UDP reuseport conflict was a little bit tricky.
The net-next code, via bpf-next, extracted the reuseport handling
into a helper so that the BPF sk lookup code could invoke it.
At the same time, the logic for reuseport handling of unconnected
sockets changed via commit efc6b6f6c3
which changed the logic to carry on the reuseport result into the
rest of the lookup loop if we do not return immediately.
This requires moving the reuseport_has_conns() logic into the callers.
While we are here, get rid of inline directives as they do not belong
in foo.c files.
The other changes were cases of more straightforward overlapping
modifications.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove casting the values returned by memory allocation function.
Coccinelle emits WARNING:
./drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hix5hd2_gmac.c:1027:9-23: WARNING:
casting value returned by memory allocation function to (struct sg_desc *) is useless.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-23
This series contains updates to ice driver only.
Jake refactors ice_discover_caps() to reduce the number of AdminQ calls
made. Splits ice_parse_caps() to separate functions to update function
and device capabilities separately to allow for updating outside of
initialization.
Akeem adds power management support.
Paul G refactors FC and FEC code to aid in restoring of PHY settings
on media insertion. Implements lenient mode and link override support.
Adds link debug info and formats existing debug info to be more
readable. Adds support to check and report additional autoneg
capabilities. Implements the capability to detect media cage in order to
differentiate AUI types as Direct Attach or backplane.
Bruce implements Total Port Shutdown for devices that support it.
Lev renames low_power_ctrl field to lower_power_ctrl_an to be more
descriptive of the field.
Doug reports AOC types as media type fiber.
Paul S adds code to handle 1G SGMII PHY type.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't a case for 1G SGMII in ice_get_media_type() so add
the handling for it.
Also handle the special case where some direct attach
cables may report that they support 1G SGMII, but
that is erroneous since SGMII is supposed to be a
backplane media type (between a MAC and a PHY). If
the driver doesn't handle this special case then a
user could see the 'Port' in ethtool change from
'Direct attach Copper' to 'Backplane' when they have
forced the speed to 1G, but the cable hasn't changed.
Lastly, change ice_aq_get_phy_caps() to save the
module_type info if the function was called with
ICE_AQC_REPORT_TOPO_CAP. This call uses the media
information to populate the module_type. If no
media is present then the values in module_type
will be 0.
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Report AOC types as fiber instead of unknown.
Signed-off-by: Doug Dziggel <douglas.a.dziggel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add AQC get link topology handle support. This is needed to determine
Direct Attach (DA) or backplane media type for PHY types that support
either. Get link topology handle cage node type request can be used to
determine if a cage is present or not. If a cage is present for PHY
types that supports both DA and backplane media type, then the media
type is DA, else the media type is backplane.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Rename the low_power_ctrl field to low_power_ctrl_an to be properly
descriptive of it being an autoneg field.
Signed-off-by: Lev Faerman <lev.faerman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Firmware now reports AN28, AN32, and AN73. Add a helper and check these new
values and report PHY autoneg capability.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add debug logs for ice_aq_get_phy_caps(), and format
ice_aq_set_phy_cfg() and ice_aq_get_link_info() debug logs to make them
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When the Port Disable bit is set in the Link Default Override Mask TLV PFA
module in the NVM, Total Port Shutdown mode is supported and enabled. In
this mode, the driver should act as if the link-down-on-close ethtool
private flag is always enabled and dis-allow any change to that flag.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Adds functions to check for link override firmware support and get
the override settings for a port. The previously supported/default link
mode was strict mode.
In strict mode link is configured based on get PHY capabilities PHY types
with media.
Lenient mode is now the default link mode. In lenient mode the link is
configured based on get PHY capabilities PHY types without media. This
allows the user to configure link that the media does not report. Limit the
minimum supported link mode to 25G for devices that support 100G, and 1G
for devices that support less than 100G.
Default override is only supported in lenient mode. If default override
is supported and enabled, then default override values are used for
configuring speed and FEC. Default override provide persistent link
settings in the NVM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Evan Swanson <evan.swanson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After the transition from no media to media FW will clear the
set-phy-cfg data set by the user. Save initial PHY settings and any
settings later requested by the user and use that data to restore PHY
settings on media insertion. Since PHY configuration is now being stored,
replace calls that were calling FW to get the configuration with the saved
copy.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The call to ice_cfg_phy_fec() requires the caller to perform certain
actions before calling it. Instead of imposing these preconditions move
the operations into the function and perform them ourselves.
Also, fix some style issues in nearby touched code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Create a helper function for configuring requested flow control so that it
can be utilized by other functions looking to configure flow control
settings. Utilize the existing helper ice_copy_phy_caps_to_cfg() to copy a
PHY capability to configuration instead duplicating the code for it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add callbacks needed to support advanced power management for Wake on LAN.
Also make ice_pf_state_is_nominal function available for all configurations
not just CONFIG_PCI_IOV.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Using the new ice_aq_list_caps and ice_parse_(dev|func)_caps functions,
replace ice_discover_caps with two functions that each take a pointer to
the dev_caps and func_caps structures respectively.
This makes the side effect of updating the hw->dev_caps and
hw->func_caps obvious from reading the implementation of the function.
Additionally, it opens the way for enabling reading of device
capabilities outside of the initialization flow. By passing in
a pointer, another caller will be able to read the capabilities without
modifying the HW capabilities structures.
As there are no other callers, it is safe to now remove
ice_aq_discover_caps and ice_parse_caps.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The ice_parse_caps function is used to convert the capability block data
coming from firmware into a structured format used by other parts of the
code.
The current implementation directly updates the hw->func_caps and
hw->dev_caps structures. It is directly called from within
ice_aq_discover_caps. This causes the discover_caps function to have the
side effect of modifying the HW capability structures, which is not
intuitive.
Split this function into ice_parse_dev_caps and ice_parse_func_caps.
These functions will take a pointer to the dev_caps and func_caps
respectively. Also create an ice_parse_common_caps for sharing the
capability logic that is common to device and function.
Doing so enables a future refactor to allow reading and parsing
capabilities into a local caps structure instead of modifying the
members of the HW structure directly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
